User Manual

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsVariable Speed DriveSINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual

SINAMICS G120

Control Units CU240B-2

Control Units CU240E-2

List Manual · 01/2013

SINAMICS

Summary of content (820 pages)

PAGE 1
SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2 Control Units CU240E-2 List Manual · 01/2013 SINAMICS s
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s Parameters Function diagrams SINAMICS Faults and alarms SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units Appendix List of abbreviations Index List Manual Valid for Firmware version Control Units CU240B-2 4.6 CU240B-2_DP 4.6 CU240E-2 4.6 CU240E-2_DP 4.6 CU240E-2_DP_F 4.6 CU240E-2_F 4.6 CU240E-2_PN 4.6 CU240E-2_PN_F 4.
PAGE 4
Safety notices This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a warning triangle; notices that relate to material damage only have no warning triangle. The notices shown below are graded according to the level of danger (from most to least hazardous): Danger Indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
PAGE 5
Table of contents 1 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of the parameter list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1-8 1-19 1.2 List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Table of contents 2.14 Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-620 2.15 Free function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-643 2.16 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-664 2.17 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-666 2.18 Signals and monitoring functions .
PAGE 7
1 Parameters Contents 1.1 Overview of parameters 1.2 List of parameters 1.3 Command and drive data sets - overview 1-492 1.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-503 1.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1-515 1.
PAGE 8
Parameters Overview of parameters 1.1 Overview of parameters 1.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of parameter descriptions The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional. The parameter list (See Section 1.
PAGE 9
Parameters Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index or bit array (optional). Examples of representation in the parameter list: • p... Adjustable parameter (read and write) • r... Display parameters (read-only) • p0918 Adjustable parameter 918 • p2051[0...13] Adjustable parameter 2051, indices 0 to 13 • p1001[0...
PAGE 10
Parameters Overview of parameters Note: The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the respective commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions). BICO technology: Long parameter name / short parameter name The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name: • BI: Binector input This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal.
PAGE 11
Parameters Overview of parameters CU/PM variants Indicates for which Control Units (CU) and/or Power Modules (PM) the parameter is valid. If no CU or PM is listed, then the parameter is valid for all variants. The following information relating to "CU" and "PM" can be displayed under the parameter number: Table 1-1 Information in the "CU/PM variants" field CU/PM variants Meaning All Control Units have this parameter.
PAGE 12
Parameters Overview of parameters Calculated Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations. p0340 determines which calculations are to be performed: • p0340 = 1 includes the calculations from p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5. • p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360, p0625). • p0340 = 3 includes the calculations from p0340 = 4, 5. • p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters. • p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits.
PAGE 13
Parameters Overview of parameters Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO output parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when creating BICO interconnections: Table 1-2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections BICO input parameter CI parameter BICO output parameter BI parameter Unsigned32 / Integer16 Unsigned32 / Integer32 Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Unsigned32 / Binary CO: Unsigned8 x x – – CO: Unsigned16 x x – – CO:
PAGE 14
Parameters Overview of parameters Changeable The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the change will be effective immediately. The information "C(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit switches to another state. One or more states are possible.
PAGE 15
Parameters Overview of parameters Dyn. index (dynamic index) For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here: • Data set (if available). • Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1). The following information can be contained in this field: • "CDS, p0170" (Command Data Set, CDS count) Example: p1070[0]  main setpoint [command data set 0] p1070[1]  main setpoint [command data set 1], etc.
PAGE 16
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-3 Unit group (p0100) Unit group Unit selection for p0100 = 0 1 Reference value for % 2 7_4 Nm lbf ft Nm - 14_6 kW hp kW - 25_1 kg m2 lb ft2 kg m2 - 27_1 kg lb kg - 28_1 Nm/A lbf ft/A Nm/A - Table 1-4 Unit group (p0505) Unit group Unit selection for p0505 = 1 2 3 Reference value for % 4 2_1 Hz % Hz % p2000 3_1 rpm % rpm % p2000 5_1 Vrms % Vrms % p2001 5_2 V % V % p2001 5_3 V % V % p2001 6_2 Arms
PAGE 17
Parameters Overview of parameters Parameter values Min Minimum value of the parameter [unit] Max Maximum value of the parameter [unit] Factory setting Value when shipped [unit] In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal source of the default BICO interconnection is specified. A nonindexed connector output is assigned the index [0]. A different value may be displayed for certain parameters (e.g. p1800) during first commissioning.
PAGE 18
Parameters Overview of parameters Bit array For parameters with bit arrays, the following information is provided about each bit: • Bit number and signal name • Meaning for signal states 1 and 0 • Function diagram (FP) (optional). The signal is shown on this function diagram. Dependency Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes special effects that can occur between this parameter and others.
PAGE 19
Parameters Overview of parameters 1.1.2 Number ranges of parameters Note: The following number ranges represent an overview for all of the parameters available for the SINAMICS drive family. The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in Section 1.2.
PAGE 20
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range 1-20 Description From To 2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS) 2700 2719 Reference values, display 2720 2729 Load gearbox 2800 2819 Logic operations 2900 2930 Fixed values (e.g.
PAGE 21
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From To 8600 8799 CAN bus 8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive 8900 8999 Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20 9000 9299 Topology 9300 9399 Safety Integrated 9400 9499 Parameter consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 Topology 9950 9999 Diagnostics, internal 10000 10199 Safety Integrated 11000 11299 Free technology controller 0, 1
PAGE 22
Parameters List of parameters 1.2 List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2_DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2_DP, CU240E-2_DP_F, CU240E-2_F, CU240E-2_PN_F, CU240E-2 PN r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 23
Parameters List of parameters p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt CU240B-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800, 2818 Min 0 Max 49 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 24
Parameters List of parameters Notice: When the parameter is reset to a value of 0, short-term communication interruptions may occur. Note: The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter must be set to 0. By setting p3900 to a value other than 0, the quick commissioning is completed, and this parameter is automatically reset to 0. Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.
PAGE 25
Parameters List of parameters p0014 Buffer memory mode / Buf mem mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode for the buffer memory.
PAGE 26
Parameters List of parameters p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit CU240B-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 999999 Factory setting 12 Description: Runs the corresponding macro files. Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
PAGE 27
Parameters List of parameters The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063). For U/f control, the mechanical speed calculated from the output frequency and the slip is shown in r0063[2] even if slip compensation is deactivated. r0022 Description: Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 28
Parameters List of parameters r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage. Dependency: Refer to: r0070 Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module (e.g.
PAGE 29
Parameters List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The field-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076). r0030 Current actual value torque-generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 30
Parameters List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081).
PAGE 31
Parameters List of parameters r0036 Description: CO: Power unit overload I2t / PU overload I2t Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8014 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the power unit overload determined using the I2t calculation. A current reference value is defined for the I2t monitoring of the power unit.
PAGE 32
Parameters List of parameters r0038 Power factor smoothed / Cos phi smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799, 8850, 8950 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the smoothed actual power factor. This refers to the electrical power of the basic fundamental signals at the converter output terminals.
PAGE 33
Parameters List of parameters p0045 Description: Display values smoothing time constant / Disp_val T_smooth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714, 8012 Min 0.00 [ms] Max 10000.00 [ms] Factory setting 4.00 [ms] Sets the smoothing time constant for the following display values: r0063[1], r0068[1], r0080[1], r0082[1]. r0046.0...
PAGE 34
Parameters List of parameters Bit 11 = 1 (enable signal missing) if the speed setpoint is frozen, because: - the signal source in p1141 is a 0 signal. - the speed setpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging, bit 0 (p1055) and bit 1 (p1056) have a 1 signal. Bit 12 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal. Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - there is an OFF1 fault response.
PAGE 35
Parameters List of parameters 250: 270: 290: 300: Note: Identification stator inductance LQLD Identification stator resistance Identification valve lockout time Stationary measurement selected Re r0047 = 300: This value is also displayed if encoder calibration p1990 is selected. r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 36
Parameters List of parameters 13 14 15 Alarm motor overtemperature Motor rotates forwards Alarm drive converter overload No Yes No Yes No Yes Caution: p2080 is used to define the signal sources of the PROFIdrive status word interconnection. Note: Re bit 03: - This signal is inverted if it is interconnected to a digital output. Re r0052: The status bits have the following sources: Bit 00: r0899 Bit 0 Bit 01: r0899 Bit 1 Bit 02: r0899 Bit 2 Bit 03: r2139 Bit 3 (or r1214.
PAGE 37
Parameters List of parameters Bit 06: r2197 Bit 4 Bit 07: r2197 Bit 9 Bit 08: r2197 Bit 10 Bit 09: r1199 Bit 2 (negated) Bit 10: r2349 Bit 10 Bit 11: r2349 Bit 11 r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays control word 1.
PAGE 38
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 08 09 11 12 13 15 Signal name Fixed setpoint bit 0 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Fixed setpoint bit 3 DDS selection bit 0 DDS selection bit 1 Technology controller enable DC braking enable Droop enable Torque control active External fault 1 (F07860) CDS bit 1 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Note: The following control bits are displayed in r0055: 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No Yes No FP - Bit
PAGE 39
Parameters List of parameters r0056.0...13 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl PM250 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM260 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control.
PAGE 40
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 [2] = Calculated from f_set - f_slip Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0022 Note: The speed actual value r0063[0] is additionally displayed - smoothed with p0045 - in r0063[1]. The speed (r0063[2]) calculated from the output frequency and slip can only be compared with the speed actual value (r0063[0]) in the steady-state.
PAGE 41
Parameters List of parameters r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1690, 6714, 6799, 7017, 8014, 8017, 8018 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Description: Displays actual absolute current.
PAGE 42
Parameters List of parameters r0071 Maximum output voltage / U_output max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1710, 6300, 6640, 6722, 6723, 6724, 6725, 6727 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the maximum output voltage.
PAGE 43
Parameters List of parameters r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1630, 5714, 5722, 6714 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Description: Displays the field-generating current setpoint (Id_set). Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
PAGE 44
Parameters List of parameters r0079 CO: Torque setpoint / M_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1700, 1710, 6030, 6060, 6710, 8012 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Factory setting - [Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller. r0080[0...
PAGE 45
Parameters List of parameters r0083 Description: r0084[0...1] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the flux setpoint. CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
PAGE 46
Parameters List of parameters p0100 Description: IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e.g. rated motor power, p0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp]. Depending on the selection, the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
PAGE 47
Parameters List of parameters p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min 2 Max 4 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS). Dependency: Refer to: p0010, r3996 Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
PAGE 48
Parameters List of parameters p0199[0...24] Description: Drive object name / DO name Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Freely assignable name for a drive object. In the commissioning software, this name cannot be entered using the expert list, but is specified in the configuration assistant.
PAGE 49
Parameters List of parameters 114: 115: 116: 118: 120: 130: 133: 135: 136: 137: 138: 150: 151: 200: 250: 260: 300: 350: 400: PM240 (SINAMICS G120) PM250 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) PM260 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS G120 Px PM340 (SINAMICS S120) PM250D (SINAMICS G120D) SINAMICS G120C SINAMICS PMV40 SINAMICS PMV60 SINAMICS PMV80 SINAMICS G110M SINAMICS G PM330 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS GM SINAMICS SM SINAMICS MC SINAMICS GL SINAMICS SL SINAMICS DCM Note: For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is
PAGE 50
Parameters List of parameters p0205 Power unit application / PU application PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: The duty cycles can be overloaded provided that the drive converter is operated with its base load current before and after the overload. This is based on a load duty cycle of 300 s.
PAGE 51
Parameters List of parameters r0208 Description: Rated power unit line supply voltage / PU U_rated Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Displays the rated line supply voltage of the power unit. r0208 = 400 : 380 - 480 V +/-10 % r0208 = 500 : 500 - 600 V +/-10 % r0208 = 690 : 660 - 690 V +/-10 % r0209[0...
PAGE 52
Parameters List of parameters The undervoltage thresholds for the DC link voltage (Vdc) are calculated from p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: - U_min = p0210 * 0.78 > 360 V U_rated = 500 V: - U_min = p0210 * 0.76 U_rated = 690 V: - U_min = p0210 * 0.74 > 450 V p0219 Braking resistor braking power / R_brake P_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 2), T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 53
Parameters List of parameters --> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number --> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter Refer to: p0233, p0234, p0290, p1082, p1800, p1802 Note: The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit (e.g. PM260) is equipped with an internal sine-wave filter. if a filter type cannot be selected, then this filter type is not permitted for the Motor Module. p0230 = 1: Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz.
PAGE 54
Parameters List of parameters r0238 Internal power unit resistance / PU R internal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the internal resistance of the power unit (IGBT and line resistance). p0287[0...
PAGE 55
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only responses can be selected without pulse frequency reduction (p0290 = 0, 1). For a thermal power unit overload, an appropriate alarm or fault is output, and r2135.15 or r2135.13 set. Refer to: r0036, r0037, p0230, r2135 Refer to: A05000, A05001, A07805 Caution: If the thermal overload of the power unit is not sufficiently reduced by the actions taken, the drive is always shut down.
PAGE 56
Parameters List of parameters Note: - Under certain circumstances, the fan can continue to run for longer than was set (e.g. as a result of the excessively high heat sink temperature). - For values less than 1 s, a 1 s run on time for the fan is active. - for a PM230 power unit, sizes D - F the parameter is ineffective. r0296 Description: DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 57
Parameters List of parameters p0301[0...n] Description: Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list.
PAGE 58
Parameters List of parameters The following should be observed in motors connected in parallel: The following rating plate data should only be entered for one motor: - resistances and inductances: p0350 ... p0361 - currents: p0305, p0320, p0323, p0325, p0329 - power ratings: p0307 - masses/moments of inertia: p0341, p0344 All other parameters take into account the replacement/equivalent motor (e.g. r0331, r0333).
PAGE 59
Parameters List of parameters p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 99.9 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the rated motor efficiency (rating plate). Dependency: This parameter is only available for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1). For a parameter value of 0.
PAGE 60
Parameters List of parameters p0312[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 1000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the rated motor torque (rating plate). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 61
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0334 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). p0318[0...n] Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 62
Parameters List of parameters p0323[0...n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722 Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 20000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e.g. de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors).
PAGE 63
Parameters List of parameters p0327[0...n] Description: Optimum motor load angle / Mot phi_load opt Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722 Min 0.0 [°] Max 135.0 [°] Factory setting 90.0 [°] Sets the optimum load angle for synchronous motors with reluctance torque. The load angle is measured at the rated motor current.
PAGE 64
Parameters List of parameters Note: r0331[0...n] Description: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722, 6722, 6724 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Induction motor: Displays the rated magnetizing current from p0320.
PAGE 65
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm / A NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft / A Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). For synchronous motors, parameter r0334 is calculated from p0305, p0307 and p0311. p0335[0...n] Motor cooling type / Mot cool type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 66
Parameters List of parameters p0340 = 2: --> p0350, p0354 ... p0360 --> p0625 (matching p0350), p0626 ... p0628 p0340 = 3: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4, 5 --> p0346, p0347, p0622, p1320 ...
PAGE 67
Parameters List of parameters r0343[0...n] Description: p0344[0...n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Displays the identified rated motor current.
PAGE 68
Parameters List of parameters For permanent-magnet synchronous motors and vector control, the value depends on the stator time constant (r0386). Here, it defines the time to establish the current for encoderless operation immediately after the pulses have been enabled. p0347[0...n] Description: Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat. Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 69
Parameters List of parameters p0354[0...n] Description: Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727 Min 0.00000 [ohm] Max 300.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.00000 [ohm] Sets the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625.
PAGE 70
Parameters List of parameters p0358[0...n] Description: Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727 Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 1000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Sets the rotor/secondary section leakage inductance of the motor.
PAGE 71
Parameters List of parameters p0363[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min 10.0 [%] Max 300.0 [%] Factory setting 85.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 72
Parameters List of parameters p0366[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 1 / Mot sat. I_mag 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 73
Parameters List of parameters p0369[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. I_mag 4 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 210.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 74
Parameters List of parameters r0374[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the motor rotor resistance at an ambient temperature p0625. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). r0376[0...
PAGE 75
Parameters List of parameters r0384[0...n] Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722 Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Description: Displays the rotor time constant. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors.
PAGE 76
Parameters List of parameters p0422[0...n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4704 Min 0 [nm] Max 4294967295 [nm] Factory setting 100 [nm] Description: Sets the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.
PAGE 77
Parameters List of parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 = 5.
PAGE 78
Parameters List of parameters p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the actual system of units. Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed when master control is active. Caution: If a per unit representation is selected and if the reference parameters (e.g.
PAGE 79
Parameters List of parameters p0581 Measuring probe edge / MT edge CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Sets the edge to evaluate the measuring probe signal for speed actual value measurement.
PAGE 80
Parameters List of parameters r0586 CO: Measuring probe speed actual value / MT n_act CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the speed actual value measured using the BERO.
PAGE 81
Parameters List of parameters r0589 Measuring probe delay time / MT t_delay CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the time since the last measuring pulse was detected. The delay time is specified as 32-bit value with a resolution of 1/48 µs.
PAGE 82
Parameters List of parameters 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1).
PAGE 83
Parameters List of parameters p0604[0...n] Description: Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY alarm threshold / Mod 2/KTY A thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Min 0.0 [°C] Max 240.0 [°C] Factory setting 130.0 [°C] Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY.
PAGE 84
Parameters List of parameters If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired, then fault F07011 is immediately output. Dependency: Refer to: p0604, p0605 Refer to: F07011, A07910 Note: With p0606 = 0 s, the timer is de-activated and only the fault threshold is effective. KTY sensor: When setting the minimum value, the timer is disabled and a fault is not output until p0605 is exceeded.
PAGE 85
Parameters List of parameters p0611[0...n] Description: I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017 Min 0 [s] Max 20000 [s] Factory setting 0 [s] Sets the winding time constant.
PAGE 86
Parameters List of parameters Note: The reduction factor is only effective for p0610 = 12, and refers to the overtemperature. p0615[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) fault threshold / I2t F thresh Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017 Min 0.0 [°C] Max 220.0 [°C] Factory setting 180.
PAGE 87
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: No Rs identification Rs identification after switching-on again Rs identification after switching-on each time Dependency: - perform motor data identification (see p1910) with cold motor. - enter ambient temperature at time of motor data identification in p0625.
PAGE 88
Parameters List of parameters p0625[0...n] Motor ambient temperature / Mot T_ambient Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Min -40 [°C] Max 80 [°C] Factory setting 20 [°C] Description: Defines the ambient temperature of the motor for calculating the motor temperature model.
PAGE 89
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog (p0300 > 100, p0301 > 10000), this parameter is automatically preassigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). r0630[0...
PAGE 90
Parameters List of parameters p0635[0...n] Description: Q flux quadrature axis current constant unsaturated / PSIQ KIQ UNSAT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] The non-linear and cross-coupled quadrature axis flux functions are defined using 4 coefficients.
PAGE 91
Parameters List of parameters p0641[0...n] Description: CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6640 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the signal source for the variable current limit. The value is referred to p0640. p0650[0...
PAGE 92
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Number of digital inputs [1] = Number of digital outputs [2] = Number of digital input/outputs bidirectional [3] = Number of analog inputs [4] = Number of analog outputs r0721 CU digital inputs terminal actual value / CU DI actual value CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 93
Parameters List of parameters r0722.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1510, 2020, 2030, 2031, 2100, 2120, 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs.
PAGE 94
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 11 Signal name DI 0 (T. 5) DI 1 (T. 6) DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T. 8) DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 Dependency: Refer to: r0722 Note: AI: Analog Input 1 signal High High High High High 0 signal Low Low Low Low Low FP - DI: Digital Input T: Terminal r0723.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status inverted / CU DI status inv CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 95
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: DO: Digital Output T: Terminal Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 CU240E-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 96
Parameters List of parameters r0747 CU digital outputs status / CU DO status CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Note: DO: Digital Output Signal name DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T.
PAGE 97
Parameters List of parameters r0751.0...9 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of analog inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 08 09 Note: AI: Analog Input r0752[0...
PAGE 98
Parameters List of parameters Note: AI: Analog Input T: Terminal p0756[0...1] CU analog inputs type / CU AI type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting [0] 4 [1] 4 Description: Sets the type of analog inputs. p0756[0...1] = 0, 1, 4 corresponds to a voltage input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in V). p0756[0...
PAGE 99
Parameters List of parameters p0758[0...1] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value y1 / CU AI char y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min -1000.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [%] Factory setting 0.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 100
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active: p0756[0...1] = 1 (unipolar voltage input monitored (+2 V ... +10 V)), unit [V] p0756[0...1] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA)), unit [mA] Refer to: p0756 Note: AI: Analog Input When p0761 = 0, wire breakage monitoring is not carried out. p0762[0...
PAGE 101
Parameters List of parameters r0772[0...1] CU analog outputs output value currently referred / CU AO outp_val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the actual referred output value of the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal p0773[0...
PAGE 102
Parameters List of parameters p0776[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs type / CU AO type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Sets the analog output type. p0776[x] = 1 corresponds to a voltage output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in V). p0776[x] = 0, 2 corresponds to a current output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in mA).
PAGE 103
Parameters List of parameters p0779[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value x2 / CU AO char x2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min -1000.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 104
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 Signal name AO 0 negative AO 1 negative 1 signal Yes Yes Note: AO: Analog Output p0795 CU digital inputs simulation mode / CU DI simulation CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 105
Parameters List of parameters p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1510, 2020, 2030, 2031, 2100, 2120, 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the digital input simulation mode.
PAGE 106
Parameters List of parameters p0797[0...1] CU analog inputs simulation mode / CU AI sim_mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the simulation mode for the analog inputs. Value: 0: 1: Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p0798.
PAGE 107
Parameters List of parameters p0803 Description: Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 12 Factory setting 0 Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to device memory. Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1): - Sets the target of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 10 --> PS010xxx.
PAGE 108
Parameters List of parameters 12: 1001: 1002: 1003: 1100: Device memory (GSD files) to memory card File on memory card cannot be opened File in device memory cannot be opened Memory card not found File cannot be transferred Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803 Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred. For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
PAGE 109
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 1001: 1002: 1003: 1100: Inactive Memory card to device memory Device memory to memory card File on memory card cannot be opened File in device memory cannot be opened Memory card not found File cannot be transferred Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803 Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred.
PAGE 110
Parameters List of parameters p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Copies one Command Data Set (CDS) into another.
PAGE 111
Parameters List of parameters p0811 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 1 / CDS select bit 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 1 (CDS bit 1). Dependency: Refer to: r0050, p0810, r0836 Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836.
PAGE 112
Parameters List of parameters p0826[0...n] Description: Motor changeover motor number / Mot_chng mot No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the freely-assignable motor number for the drive data set changeover. If the same motor is driven by different drive data sets, the same motor number must also be entered in these data sets.
PAGE 113
Parameters List of parameters Note: Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810 and following. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input.
PAGE 114
Parameters List of parameters p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2610, 8720, 8820, 8920 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 722.0 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
PAGE 115
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1 CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 116
Parameters List of parameters p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1 CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.2 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 1 [2] 2090.2 [3] 2090.
PAGE 117
Parameters List of parameters p0849[0...n] Description: BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 118
Parameters List of parameters p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.
PAGE 119
Parameters List of parameters BI: p0854 = 0 signal No control by PLC BI: p0854 = 1 signal Master ctrl by PLC. Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available, then binector input p0854 should be set to 1. If a control is available, then STW1.
PAGE 120
Parameters List of parameters Note: The factory setting for p0857 depends on the power unit. The monitoring time for the ready signal of the power unit includes the time to pre-charge the DC link and, if relevant, the de-bounce time of the contactors. If an excessively low value is entered into p0857, then after enable, this results in the corresponding fault. p0858[0...
PAGE 121
Parameters List of parameters r0863.1 CO/BO: Drive coupling status word/control word / CoupleZSW/STW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status and control words of the drive coupling.
PAGE 122
Parameters List of parameters r0899.0...13 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1530, 2503 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the sequence control.
PAGE 123
Parameters List of parameters p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / PZD telegr_sel CU240B-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1520, 2415, 2416, 2419, 2420, 2421, 2422, 2423 Min 1 Max 999 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
PAGE 124
Parameters List of parameters r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min - Max - Factory setting - Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit. The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code. Dependency: r0947[0...63] The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.
PAGE 125
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0. Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136 r0963 PROFIBUS baud rate / PB baud rate CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 126
Parameters List of parameters r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the PROFIdrive profile number and profile version. Constant value = 0329 hex.
PAGE 127
Parameters List of parameters Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset). At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0. Parameter reset is completed with p0970 = 0 and r3996[0] = 0. For p0970 = 5 the following applies: The password for Safety Integrated must be set. When Safety Integrated is enabled, this can result in messages, which then require an acceptance test to be performed. Then save the parameters and carry out a POWER ON.
PAGE 128
Parameters List of parameters If value = 2: Help to check the reset operation. Firstly, set p0972 = 2 and then read back. Secondly, set p0972 = 1 (it is possible that this request is possibly no longer acknowledged). The communication is then interrupted. After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below). If value = 3: The reset is executed after interrupting cyclic communication. This setting is used to implement a synchronized reset by a control for several drive units.
PAGE 129
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981 Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. This list consists solely of the following parameters: r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). r0990[0...
PAGE 130
Parameters List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240B-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 131
Parameters List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240B-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting 6 Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 132
Parameters List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting 6 Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 133
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922. For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 = 999. p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240E-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2_PN_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 134
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076 Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically: p2051[1] = r0063 Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922.
PAGE 135
Parameters List of parameters 73: 76: 77: 78: 200: Analog setpoint 2 + fixed speed setpoint Analog setpoint 2 + fieldbus Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint 2 Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint 3 Analog output connection Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically: Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076 p2051[1] = r0063 Caution: When executin
PAGE 136
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.
PAGE 137
Parameters List of parameters Notice: p1010[0...n] A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.
PAGE 138
Parameters List of parameters p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1021, 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 15.
PAGE 139
Parameters List of parameters p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
PAGE 140
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1016 Note: Re bit 00: When the fixed speed setpoints are directly selected (p1016 = 1), this bit is set if at least 1 fixed speed setpoint is selected. p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 141
Parameters List of parameters p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.13 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 142
Parameters List of parameters p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continuously lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 143
Parameters List of parameters p1040[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / Mop start value Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the starting value for the motorized potentiometer. This starting value becomes effective after the drive has been powered up.
PAGE 144
Parameters List of parameters Note: The setting value (CI: p1044) becomes effective for a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p1043). r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG Description: p1047[0...n] Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 145
Parameters List of parameters p1051[0...n] CI: Speed limit RFG positive direction of rotation / n_limit RFG pos CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240B-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 146
Parameters List of parameters p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0 CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 0 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 722.0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1.
PAGE 147
Parameters List of parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2. Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059 Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
PAGE 148
Parameters List of parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1550, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2050[1] CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint.
PAGE 149
Parameters List of parameters p1075[0...n] CI: Supplementary setpoint / Suppl setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1550, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1076, r1077, r1078 p1076[0...
PAGE 150
Parameters List of parameters p1082[0...n] Description: Maximum speed / n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020, 3050, 3060, 3070, 3095 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.000 [rpm] Sets the highest possible speed.
PAGE 151
Parameters List of parameters r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 3095 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective positive speed limit. Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1083, p1085 p1085[0...
PAGE 152
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. Note: The skip (suppression) speeds can be used to prevent the effects of mechanical resonance. p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 153
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 Signal name r1170 within the skip band Dependency: Refer to: r1170 Note: Re bit 00: 1 signal Yes 0 signal No FP 3050 With the bit set, the setpoint speed is within the skip band after the ramp-function generator (r1170). The signal can be used to switch over the drive data set (DDS). p1101[0...n] Skip speed bandwidth / n_skip bandwidth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn.
PAGE 154
Parameters List of parameters p1109[0...n] Description: CI: Total setpoint / Total setp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the total setpoint. For p1108 = 1 signal, the total setpoint is read in via p1109.
PAGE 155
Parameters List of parameters p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2505, 3040 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.11 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint.
PAGE 156
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: Basic ramp-function generator Extended ramp-function generator Note: Another ramp-function generator type can only be selected when the motor is at a standstill. r1119 CO: Ramp-function generator setpoint at the input / RFG setp at inp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 157
Parameters List of parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 999999.000 [s] Factory setting 10.000 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 158
Parameters List of parameters Note: For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), ramp-down times of 0 s are not recommended. The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor. If the maximum speed p1082 changes, p1127 is re-calculated. p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 159
Parameters List of parameters p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down. Note: p1134[0...
PAGE 160
Parameters List of parameters p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Factory setting 2.000 [s] Description: Sets the initial rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator. p1136[0...
PAGE 161
Parameters List of parameters p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.4 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 1 [2] 2090.4 [3] 2090.
PAGE 162
Parameters List of parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.5 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 1 [2] 2090.5 [3] 2090.
PAGE 163
Parameters List of parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.6 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 1 [2] 2090.6 [3] 2090.6 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
PAGE 164
Parameters List of parameters p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 165
Parameters List of parameters p1148[0...n] Description: Ramp-function gen. tolerance for ramp-up and ramp-down active / RFG tol HL/RL act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 1000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 19.800 [rpm] Sets the tolerance value for the status of the ramp-function generator (ramp-up active, ramp-down active).
PAGE 166
Parameters List of parameters p1160[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 2 / n_ctrl n_set 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1550, 3080 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1155, r1170 Note: For OFF1/OFF3, the ramp-function generator ramp is effective.
PAGE 167
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 05 06 11 13 14 15 Signal name Fixed setpoint bit 0 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Inhibit negative direction Inhibit positive direction Setpoint inversion Motorized potentiometer raise Motorized potentiometer lower Bypass ramp-function generator 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes r1199.0...
PAGE 168
Parameters List of parameters Note: When p1200 = 1, 4: Flying restart is active after faults, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3. When p1200 = 1: The search is made in both directions. When p1200 = 4: The search is only made in the setpoint direction. For U/f control (p1300 < 20), the following applies: The speed can only be sensed for values above approx. 5 % of the rated motor speed. For lower speeds, it is assumed that the motor is at a standstill.
PAGE 169
Parameters List of parameters Reducing the search current can also improve flying restart performance (if the system moment of inertia is not very high, for example). p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 170
Parameters List of parameters 09 10 11 12 13 r1205.0...15 Current minimum Search in the positive direction Stop after positive direction Stop after negative direction No result Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 171
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 4: 6: 14: 16: 26: Inhibit automatic restart Acknowledge all faults without restarting Restart after line supply failure w/o additional start attempts Restart after fault with additional start attempts Restart after line supply failure following man. acknowledgment Restart after fault following manual acknowledgment Acknowledging all faults and reclosing for an ON command Dependency: The automatic restart requires an active ON command (e.g.
PAGE 172
Parameters List of parameters Note: A start attempt starts immediately when a fault occurs. The start attempt is considered to been completed if the motor was magnetized (r0056.4 = 1) and an additional delay time of 1 s has expired. As long as a fault is present, an acknowledge command is generated in the time intervals of p1212 / 2. When successfully acknowledged, the start counter is decremented.
PAGE 173
Parameters List of parameters In the case of p1210 = 14, 16, the faults which are present must be acknowledged manually within the time in p1213[0]. Otherwise, fault F07320 is generated after the set time. Re index 1: The start counter (refer to r1214) is only set back to the starting value p1211 if, after successful restart, the time in p1213[1] has expired. The delay time is not effective for fault acknowledgement without automatic restart (p1210 = 1).
PAGE 174
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 10: When the automatic restart function is active, r1214.7 is displayed, otherwise the active fault r2139.3. Re bits 12 ... 15: Actual state of the start counter (binary coded). Re bit 04 in addition: For p1210 = 26, the system waits in this state until the switch-on command is available. p1215 Motor holding brake configuration / Brake config PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 175
Parameters List of parameters p1216 Description: Motor holding brake opening time / Brake t_open Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701 Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Sets the time to open the motor holding brake. After the holding brake has been controlled (opened), the speed setpoint remains at zero for this time. After this, the speed setpoint is enabled.
PAGE 176
Parameters List of parameters p1227 Description: Zero speed detection monitoring time / n_standst t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701 Min 0.000 [s] Max 300.000 [s] Factory setting 300.000 [s] Sets the monitoring time for the standstill identification.
PAGE 177
Parameters List of parameters p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7014, 7016, 7017 Min 0 Max 14 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to activate DC braking. Value: 0: 4: 5: 14: Dependency: Refer to: p0300, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239 Note: The function can only be used for induction motors (p0300 = 1).
PAGE 178
Parameters List of parameters p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017 Min 0.0 [s] Max 3600.0 [s] Factory setting 1.0 [s] Description: Sets the DC braking time (as fault response). Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1234, r1239 p1234[0...
PAGE 179
Parameters List of parameters Note: p1240 = 1, 3: When the DC link voltage limit specified for the power unit is reached the following applies: - the Vdc_max controller limits the regenerative energy in order that the DC link voltage is kept below the maximum DC link voltage when braking. - the ramp-down times are automatically increased. If overvoltage faults occur in spite of the Vdc_max controller being active, the ramp-down time in p1121 might need to be increased.
PAGE 180
Parameters List of parameters If p1254 = 1 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = on), then the following applies: r1242 = Vdc_max - 50.0 V (Vdc_max: Overvoltage threshold of the power unit) r1242 = Vdc_max - 25.0 V (for 230 V power units) Note: The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC-link voltage falls below the threshold 0.95 * p1242 and the controller output is zero. p1243[0...
PAGE 181
Parameters List of parameters r1246 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 182
Parameters List of parameters p1251[0...n] Vdc controller integral time / Vdc_ctrl Tn PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 0 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time for the DC-link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 183
Parameters List of parameters Notice: If a time threshold has been parameterized, the Vdc_max controller should also be activated (p1240 = 3) so that the drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135. p1256[0...
PAGE 184
Parameters List of parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6320 Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
PAGE 185
Parameters List of parameters p1284[0...n] Vdc_max controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_max t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 300.000 [s] Factory setting 4.000 [s] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the Vdc_max controller.
PAGE 186
Parameters List of parameters p1288[0...n] Vdc_max controller feedback coupling factor ramp-fct. gen. (U/f) / Vdc_max factor RFG Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 Max 100.000 Factory setting 0.500 Description: Sets the feedback factor for the ramp-function generator. Its ramp times are decelerated relative to the output signal of the Vdc_max controller.
PAGE 187
Parameters List of parameters p1294 Vdc_max controller automatic detection ON signal level (U/f) / Vdc_max SenseOnLev PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Activates/de-activates the automatic sensing of the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller.
PAGE 188
Parameters List of parameters r1298 CO: Vdc controller output (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl output PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6320 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual output of the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller) p1300[0...
PAGE 189
Parameters List of parameters 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 19: 20: 22: Dependency: U/f control with parameterizable characteristic U/f control with linear characteristic and ECO U/f control for drives requiring a precise freq. (e.g.
PAGE 190
Parameters List of parameters At low output frequencies, there is only a low output voltage in order to maintain the motor flux. However, the output voltage can be too low in order to achieve the following: - magnetize the induction motor. - hold the load. - compensate for losses in the system. This is the reason that the output voltage can be increased using p1310. The voltage boost can be used for both linear as well as square-law U/f characteristics.
PAGE 191
Parameters List of parameters r1315 Description: Voltage boost total / U_boost total Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Displays the total resulting voltage boost in volt. r1315 = p1310 + p1311 + p1312 Dependency: p1320[0...
PAGE 192
Parameters List of parameters p1323[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 2 / Uf char U2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300 Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 10000.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 0.0 [Vrms] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 193
Parameters List of parameters p1327[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 4 / Uf char U4 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300 Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 10000.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 0.0 [Vrms] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 194
Parameters List of parameters p1335[0...n] Description: Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6310 Min 0.0 [%] Max 600.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Sets the setpoint for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip). p1335 = 0.0 %: Slip compensation de-activated. p1335 = 100.
PAGE 195
Parameters List of parameters Note: The resonance damping function dampens active current oscillations that frequency occur under no-load conditions. The resonance damping is active in a range from approximately 6 % of the rated motor frequency (p0310). The shutoff frequency is determined by p1349. For the open-loop control modes p1300 = 5 and 6 (textile sectors), the resonance damping is internally disabled in order that the output frequency can be precisely set. p1339[0...
PAGE 196
Parameters List of parameters r1343 CO: I_max controller frequency output / I_max_ctrl f_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1690 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective frequency limit.
PAGE 197
Parameters List of parameters p1349[0...n] Description: U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 3000.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] Sets the maximum output frequency for resonance damping for U/f control. Resonance damping is inactive above this output frequency.
PAGE 198
Parameters List of parameters Note: A value of 100% corresponds to the motor rated slip (r0330). The setting of the starting frequency begins after magnetizing (see p0346, r0056.4) and ends once the brake opening time (p1216) has elapsed and the starting frequency (p1334) has been reached. A setting value of zero means that no setting procedure will take place. p1400[0...
PAGE 199
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 07: if the speed of the drive exceeds the effective speed limit of the speed limiting controller, the torque limit is reduced linearly to zero as the deviation becomes greater. This reduces the integral component of the speed controller and, in turn, the overshoot during load shedding (see also F07901 and p2162). p1402[0...
PAGE 200
Parameters List of parameters r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2530 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the current controller status word. Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 10 12 13 14 p1416[0...
PAGE 201
Parameters List of parameters r1444 Description: Speed controller speed setpoint steady-state (static) / n_ctrl n_set stat Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5030 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays the sum of all speed setpoints that are present.
PAGE 202
Parameters List of parameters p1456[0...n] Description: Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKpLow Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6050 Min 0.00 [%] Max 400.00 [%] Factory setting 0.00 [%] Sets the lower starting point of the adaptation range for the additional adaptation of the P gain of the speed controller.
PAGE 203
Parameters List of parameters p1461[0...n] Description: Speed controller Kp adaptation speed upper scaling / n_ctr Kp n up scal Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6050 Min 0.0 [%] Max 200000.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Sets the P gain of the speed controller for the upper adaptation speed range (> p1465).
PAGE 204
Parameters List of parameters Note: If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464, then the controller below p1465 is adapted with p1461 or p1463. This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters. p1466[0...
PAGE 205
Parameters List of parameters p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setting value when starting up with motor holding brake.
PAGE 206
Parameters List of parameters If p1478 is interconnected to another output other than r1482, then after magnetizing and speed controller enable, the integral output is set once if the setting command is not interconnected (p1477 = 0). Refer to: p1477, p1479 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1479[0...
PAGE 207
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: Dependency: Refer to: p1486, p1487, p1489, r1490, p1492 Caution: For active acceleration precontrol of the speed controller (refer to p1496), it is not recommended that p1488 is set to 1, as this could result in positive coupling effects. Instead of this, as source of the droop feedback, the output signal of the speed controller should be used, which generally sets the load torque. p1489[0...
PAGE 208
Parameters List of parameters p1496[0...n] Acceleration pre-control scaling / a_prectrl scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1700, 6031 Min 0.0 [%] Max 10000.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the acceleration pre-control of the speed/velocity controller.
PAGE 209
Parameters List of parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU240B-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 66 Factory setting 6 Description: Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 210
Parameters List of parameters 70: 72: 76: 77: Dependency: Analog setpoint 2 + no main setpoint Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint Analog setpoint 2 + fieldbus Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint 2 When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Refer to: p1503, p1511 p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU240E-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2_F Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 211
Parameters List of parameters Note: 0 signal: Closed-loop speed control 1 signal: Closed-loop torque control p1503[0...n] CI: Torque setpoint / M_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1700, 6060 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint for torque control.
PAGE 212
Parameters List of parameters p1514[0...n] Supplementary torque 2 scaling / M_suppl 2 scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1700, 6060 Min -2000.0 [%] Max 2000.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for supplementary torque 2.
PAGE 213
Parameters List of parameters p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1700, 6630 Min -1000000.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the fixed, upper torque limit.
PAGE 214
Parameters List of parameters Danger: Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner. p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper/motoring scaling / M_max up/mot scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5620, 5630 Min -2000.0 [%] Max 2000.0 [%] Factory setting 100.
PAGE 215
Parameters List of parameters p1528[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630 Min - Max - Factory setting 1524[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper torque limit in p1522. Danger: For p1400.
PAGE 216
Parameters List of parameters r1533 Current limit torque-generating total / Iq_max total Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5640, 5722, 6640 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Description: Displays the maximum torque/force generating current as a result if all current limits. r1536[0...
PAGE 217
Parameters List of parameters Note: The effective lower torque limit is reduced with respect to the selected lower torque limit p1521, if the current limit p0640 is reduced or the rated magnetizing current of the induction motor p0320 is increased. This may be the case for rotating measurements (see p1960). The torque limit p1520 can be re-calculated using p0340 = 1, 3 or 5. r1547[0...
PAGE 218
Parameters List of parameters p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the lower torque limiting to limit the speed controller output without taking into account the current and power limits.
PAGE 219
Parameters List of parameters Note: In the field weakening range, it must be expected that the control dynamic performance is somewhat restricted due to the limited possibilities of controlling/adjusting the voltage. This can be improved by increasing the voltage reserve. Increasing the reserve reduces the steady-state maximum output voltage (r0071). p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt.
PAGE 220
Parameters List of parameters p1584[0...n] Field weakening operation flux setpoint smoothing time / Field weak T_smth Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 221
Parameters List of parameters r1597 Description: CO: Field weakening controller output / Field_ctrl outp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the output of the field weakening controller. The value is referred to the rated motor flux.
PAGE 222
Parameters List of parameters r1614 EMF maximum / EMF max Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6725 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the actual maximum possible electromotive force (EMF) of the separately-excited synchronous motor. Dependency: The value is the basis for the flux setpoint.
PAGE 223
Parameters List of parameters p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6710 Min 0.1 [ms] Max 50.0 [ms] Factory setting 4.8 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint of the torque-generating current components.
PAGE 224
Parameters List of parameters r1718 Description: CO: Isq controller output / Isq_ctrl outp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Displays the actual output of the Isq current controller (torque/force generating current, PI controller). The value contains the proportional and integral components of the PI controller.
PAGE 225
Parameters List of parameters Note: This parameter is ineffective for sensorless vector control. In this case, p1727 is always used. If p1726 is set to 0, then the quadrature de-coupling is de-activated. The integral component of the Isd current controller remains effective in the complete speed control range. For the closed-loop control of synchronous motors, this parameter is used to scale the current controller de-coupling. p1727[0...
PAGE 226
Parameters List of parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1630, 5714, 6714, 5718 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the direct-axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r1733[0...
PAGE 227
Parameters List of parameters p1749[0...n] Description: Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 99.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation.
PAGE 228
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 6 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 229
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 6 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 230
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 21: For a blocked synchronous motor, the speed ramp-function generator is held in the open-loop speed controlled operating range if the torque setpoint reaches the torque limit and the speed is less than the threshold value in p2175. p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 231
Parameters List of parameters r1762[0...1] Description: Motor model deviation component 1 / MotMod dev comp 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6730, 6731 Min - Max - Factory setting - Induction motor (ASM): Displays the referred imaginary system deviation for the adaptation circuit of the motor model.
PAGE 232
Parameters List of parameters r1768 Motor model speed adaptation Vi effective / MotM n_ada Vi act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective gain of the integral component of the controller for speed adaptation.
PAGE 233
Parameters List of parameters p1775[0...n] Motor model offset voltage compensation beta / MotMod offs comp B Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min -5.000 [V] Max 5.000 [V] Factory setting 0.000 [V] Description: Sets the offset voltage in the beta direction; this compensates the offset voltages of the drive converter/inverter at low speeds.
PAGE 234
Parameters List of parameters 06 07 10 Dependency: Select pole position identification PEM encoderless Select T(valve) with Rs adaptation Filter time combination current like current ctrl integral time Yes No - Yes Yes No No - In U/f characteristic operating mode only bit 7 is relevant. For active motor model feedback (see p1784), the Lh adaptation is internally deactivated automatically.
PAGE 235
Parameters List of parameters r1791 Motor model Lh adaptation power-on frequency / MotMod Lh f_on Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [Hz] Max - [Hz] Factory setting - [Hz] Description: Displays the power-on stator frequency/ primary section frequency for the Lh adaptation for the induction motor (ASM).
PAGE 236
Parameters List of parameters For operation with output reactors, the pulse frequency is limited to 4 kHz (see p0230). If p1800 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1800 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p1082). r1801[0...
PAGE 237
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be selected as modulation type (p1802 = 3). This does not apply to power units PM260. p1802 = 10 can only be set for power units PM230 and PM240 and for r0204.15 = 0.
PAGE 238
Parameters List of parameters p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max PM250 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723 Min 20.0 [%] Max 150.0 [%] Factory setting 106.0 [%] Description: Defines the maximum modulation depth. Dependency: Default setting PM260: 103 %.
PAGE 239
Parameters List of parameters Notice: Bit 1 = 1 can only be set under a pulse inhibit and for r0192.14 = 1. Note: Re bit 00 = 0: Voltage limitation from the minimum of the DC link voltage (lower ripple in the output current, reduced output voltage). Re bit 00 = 1: Voltage limitation from averaged DC link voltage (higher output voltage with increased ripple in the output current). The selection is only valid if the DC link compensation is not performed in the Control Unit (bit 1 = 0).
PAGE 240
Parameters List of parameters p1828 Compensation valve lockout time phase U / Comp t_lock ph U Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [µs] Max 3.99 [µs] Factory setting 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase U. Note: The value is automatically calculated in the motor data identification routine.
PAGE 241
Parameters List of parameters When the drive enable signals are present, a motor data identification routine is carried out at standstill with the next power-on command. Current flows through the motor which means that it can align itself by up to a quarter of a revolution. With the following power-on command, a rotating motor data identification routine is carried out - and in addition, a speed controller optimization by making measurements at different motor speeds.
PAGE 242
Parameters List of parameters Note: Re bit 02=0: If the test was successful once after POWER ON (see r1902.0), it is not repeated. Re bit 02=1: The test is not only performed after POWER ON, but also each time the pulses are enabled. If a conductor-to-conductor short-circuit is detected during the test, this is displayed in r1902.1. If a ground fault is detected during the test, this is displayed in r1902.2.
PAGE 243
Parameters List of parameters 15 16 17 Note: Determine only stator resistance, valve volt- Yes age fault, dead time Short motor identification (lower quality) Yes Measurement without control parameter cal- Yes culation No - No No - The following applies to permanent-magnet synchronous motors: Without de-selection in bit 11, in the closed-loop control mode, the direct inductance LD and the quadrature inductance Lq are measured at a low current.
PAGE 244
Parameters List of parameters p1911 Phases to be identified number / Ph to ident qty Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of phases to be identified. Value: 1: 2: 3: Note: When identifying with several phases, the accuracy increases and also the time it takes to make the measurement. r1912[0...
PAGE 245
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1916[0...2] Identified stator inductance 1 / L_stator 1 ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [mH] Max - [mH] Factory setting - [mH] Description: Displays the nominal stator inductance identified for the 1st point of the saturation characteristic.
PAGE 246
Parameters List of parameters r1925[0...2] Identified threshold voltage / U_threshold ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the identified IGBT threshold voltage. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1926[0...
PAGE 247
Parameters List of parameters Bit 03: p1400.0, p1458, p1459, p1463, p1470, p1472, p1496 Bit 04: Dependent on p1960 p1960 = 1, 3: p1400.0, p1458, p1459, p1470, p1472, p1496 p1960 Description: Rotating measurement selection / Rot meas sel Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the rotating measurement.
PAGE 248
Parameters List of parameters p1965 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt speed / n_opt speed Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 10 [%] Max 75 [%] Factory setting 40 [%] Sets the speed for the identification of the moment of inertia and the vibration test. Induction motor: The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
PAGE 249
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb ft^2 Refer to: p0341, p0342, p1959 Refer to: F07984 r1970[0...1] Speed_ctrl_opt vibration test vibration frequency determined / n_opt f_vib det Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 250
Parameters List of parameters r1984 PolID angular difference / PolID ang diff Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [°] Max - [°] Factory setting - [°] Description: Displays the angular difference between the actual electrical commutation angle and the angle determined by the pole position identification.
PAGE 251
Parameters List of parameters Caution: For p1999 > 100 % (setting large moments of inertia) the following applies: There is no locked rotor monitoring (F07970 fault value 2). Note: For high moments of inertia, it is practical to scale the runtime of the calibration higher. p2000 Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref Description: Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 252
Parameters List of parameters Example: The actual value of the DC link voltage (r0070) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual voltage value is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference voltage (p2001) and output according to the parameterized scaling. p2002 Description: Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.
PAGE 253
Parameters List of parameters Note: Preassigned value is 2 * p0333. If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor. Example: The actual value of the total torque (r0079) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual torque is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference torque (p2003) and output according to the parameterized scaling.
PAGE 254
Parameters List of parameters p2007 Description: Reference acceleration / a_ref Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.01 [rev/s²] Max 500000.00 [rev/s²] Factory setting 0.01 [rev/s²] Sets the reference quantity for acceleration rates. All acceleration rates specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 255
Parameters List of parameters p2016[0...3] Description: CI: Comm IF USS PZD send word / Comm USS send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via the commissioning interface USS. The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel (IOP). Index: r2019[0...
PAGE 256
Parameters List of parameters Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected. When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 4/13/8 When p2030 = 2 (MODBUS), the following applies: Min./max.
PAGE 257
Parameters List of parameters p2023 Field bus int USS PKW no. / Field bus USS PKW CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 127 Factory setting 127 Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
PAGE 258
Parameters List of parameters p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU240B-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
PAGE 259
Parameters List of parameters r2032 Master control control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1.
PAGE 260
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0922, p2079 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: - For p0922 (p2079) = 1, 350 ... 999, p2038 is automatically set to 0. - For p0922 (p2079) = 20, p2038 is automatically set to 2. It is not then possible to change p2038. p2039 Description: Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 261
Parameters List of parameters r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state.
PAGE 262
Parameters List of parameters [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 p2051[0...13] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2089[0] CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 63[0] [2...
PAGE 263
Parameters List of parameters [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. r2053[0...13] PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word / Diag send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 264
Parameters List of parameters r2055[0...2] PROFIBUS diagnostics standard / PB diag standard CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Diagnostics display for the PROFIBUS interface.
PAGE 265
Parameters List of parameters [3] = PZD 4 + 5 [4] = PZD 5 + 6 [5] = PZD 6 + 7 [6] = PZD 7 + 8 [7] = PZD 8 + 9 [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11] = PZD 12 + 13 [12] = PZD 13 + 14 Dependency: Refer to: p2051 Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061. The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. r2063[0...
PAGE 266
Parameters List of parameters 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used. r2067[0...1] PZD maximum interconnected / PZDmaxIntercon Description: OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 267
Parameters List of parameters r2075[0...11] PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / Diag offs recv CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
PAGE 268
Parameters List of parameters r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.
PAGE 269
Parameters List of parameters p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 899.0 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 899.1 [2] 899.2 [3] 2139.3 [4] 899.4 [5] 899.5 [6] 899.6 [7] 2139.7 [8] 2197.7 [9] 899.9 [10] 2199.1 [11] 1407.7 [12] 899.
PAGE 270
Parameters List of parameters [2] = Bit 2 [3] = Bit 3 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2081[0...
PAGE 271
Parameters List of parameters [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 272
Parameters List of parameters [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 1010 1000 0000 0000 bin CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1...
PAGE 273
Parameters List of parameters 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...
PAGE 274
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Signal name Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 1 signal ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw 0 signal OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 275
Parameters List of parameters 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2093.0...15 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF - BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 276
Parameters List of parameters 13 14 15 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF Dependency: Refer to: p2099 r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting - - Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 277
Parameters List of parameters 13 14 15 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Inverted Inverted Inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099 p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 278
Parameters List of parameters Example: F12345 and fault response = NONE (OFF1, OFF2) --> The fault response NONE can be changed to OFF1 or OFF2. Re value = 1 (OFF1): Braking along the ramp-function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit. Re value = 2 (OFF2): Internal/external pulse inhibit. Re value = 3 (OFF3): Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
PAGE 279
Parameters List of parameters p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge CU240B-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2_DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2_DP_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 722.2 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults.
PAGE 280
Parameters List of parameters Note: p2108[0...n] Description: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
PAGE 281
Parameters List of parameters p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1. Dependency: Refer to: A07850 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. r2114[0...
PAGE 282
Parameters List of parameters p2118[0...19] Sets the message number for message type. / Msg_no Msg_type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1750, 8075 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
PAGE 283
Parameters List of parameters r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1750, 8065 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146 Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
PAGE 284
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122. p2126[0...19] Setting fault number for acknowledge mode / Fault_no ackn_mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 285
Parameters List of parameters r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Trigger word for faults and alarms / Trigger word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 286
Parameters List of parameters r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the code of the last alarm that occurred. Note: 0: No alarm present. r2133[0...
PAGE 287
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 288
Parameters List of parameters p2140[0...n] Description: Hysteresis speed 2 / n_hysteresis 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 90.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 289
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 290
Parameters List of parameters p2150[0...n] Description: Hysteresis speed 3 / n_hysteresis 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0) "n_set >= 0" (BO: r2198.
PAGE 291
Parameters List of parameters p2155[0...n] Description: Speed threshold 2 / n_thresh val 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 900.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold value for the following messages: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.1) "|n_act| > speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 292
Parameters List of parameters p2160[0...n] Delay for n_act comparison with speed threshold value 6 / Del compar n_6 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the speed with the speed threshold value 6 (p2159). Dependency: Refer to: p2150, p2159 p2161[0...
PAGE 293
Parameters List of parameters p2164[0...n] Hysteresis speed 4 / n_hysteresis 4 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 200.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7).
PAGE 294
Parameters List of parameters p2171[0...n] Current threshold value reached delay time / t_del I_thresh rch Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the current actual value (r0068) with the current threshold value (p2170). Dependency: Refer to: p2170 p2172[0...
PAGE 295
Parameters List of parameters Note: The following applies for encoderless vector control for induction motors: At low speeds in open-loop speed controlled operation (see p1755, p1756), a blocked motor cannot be detected. The following applies for encoderless vector control for permanent magnet synchronous motors: At low speeds in open-loop speed controlled operation (see p1755, p1756), a blocked motor can only be detected if p2175 = p1755, and p1750 bit 6 is set to 1. p2176[0...
PAGE 296
Parameters List of parameters p2180[0...n] Missing output load delay time / No load t_delay Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 2000 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time to detect a missing output load. Dependency: Refer to: p2179 p2181[0...
PAGE 297
Parameters List of parameters p2183[0...n] Description: Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 900.00 [rpm] Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 298
Parameters List of parameters p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper / M_thresh 2 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 10000000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 299
Parameters List of parameters p2192[0...n] Load monitoring delay time / Load monit t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [s] Max 65.00 [s] Factory setting 10.00 [s] Description: Sets the delay time to evaluate the load monitoring. p2193[0...
PAGE 300
Parameters List of parameters r2197.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1530, 2534 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the first status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 301
Parameters List of parameters r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1530, 2536 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the second status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 302
Parameters List of parameters p2200[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller. The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal. p2201[0...
PAGE 303
Parameters List of parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
PAGE 304
Parameters List of parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
PAGE 305
Parameters List of parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 150.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
PAGE 306
Parameters List of parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the fixed value of the technology controller.
PAGE 307
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r2231, p2240 Notice: For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: Re bit 00: 0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. 1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved and after ON is entered using r2231.
PAGE 308
Parameters List of parameters p2236[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to continually reduce the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 309
Parameters List of parameters r2245 CO: Technology controller mot. potentiometer setpoint before RFG / Tec_ctr mop befRFG Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator of the technology controller.
PAGE 310
Parameters List of parameters p2251 Technology controller mode / Tec_ctrl mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode for using the technology controller output. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: p2251 = 0, 1 is only effective if the enable signal of the technology controller is interconnected (p2200 > 0). p2253[0...
PAGE 311
Parameters List of parameters p2257 Technology controller ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 312
Parameters List of parameters p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the technology controller type. Value: 0: 1: p2264[0...
PAGE 313
Parameters List of parameters p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 314
Parameters List of parameters Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows: - inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0). - increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal of the technology controller. --> If the actual value increases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 0 (no inversion). --> If the actual value decreases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 1 (the actual value signal is inverted).
PAGE 315
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The following applies for p2251 = 0: If the output of the technology controller lies within the range of a suppression (skip) bandwidth (p1091 ... p1094, p1101) or below the minimum speed (p1080), the integral component of the controller is held so that the controller temporarily works as a P controller.
PAGE 316
Parameters List of parameters p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time / Tec_ctr ramp up/dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramping time for the output signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 317
Parameters List of parameters p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min - Max - Factory setting 1087[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limiting of the technology controller.
PAGE 318
Parameters List of parameters Caution: If the actual value inversion is incorrectly selected, then the closed-loop control with the technology controller can become unstable and can oscillate! Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows: - inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0). - increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal (of the technology controller).
PAGE 319
Parameters List of parameters r2349.0...12 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the technology controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 p2900[0...
PAGE 320
Parameters List of parameters r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Signal sources for frequently used percentage values.
PAGE 321
Parameters List of parameters p3111[0...n] Description: BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
PAGE 322
Parameters List of parameters p3117 Description: Change safety message type / Ch. SI mess type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Sets the re-parameterization of all safety messages for faults and alarms. The relevant message type during changeover is selected by the firmware.
PAGE 323
Parameters List of parameters p3232[0...n] BI: Load monitoring failure detection / Load_moni fail_det Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for detecting a failure. Dependency: Refer to: p2192, p2193 Refer to: F07936 Note: p3233[0...
PAGE 324
Parameters List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3321[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine speed point 1 / Fluid_mach n1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 0.
PAGE 325
Parameters List of parameters p3324[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 77.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 326
Parameters List of parameters p3328[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 100.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 327
Parameters List of parameters p3332[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for command 3 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
PAGE 328
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: The compound braking current is only activated if the DC link voltage exceeds the threshold value in r1282. Compound braking does not operate: - when DC braking is active (refer to p1230, r1239) - as long as the motor is not magnetized (e.g. for flying restart) - for vector control (p1300 >= 20) - for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx) Caution: Generally, increasing the braking current improves the braking effect when stopping the motor.
PAGE 329
Parameters List of parameters If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ... p0369, p0604, p0605, p0626 ... p0628 synchronous motor: p0326, p0327, p0352, p0604, p0605 r3925[0...
PAGE 330
Parameters List of parameters 05 06 07 11 12 14 15 16 17 Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time range Activate vibration damping De-activate vibration detection De-activate pulse measurement Lq Ld De-activate rotor resistance Rr measurement De-activate valve interlocking time measurement Determine only stator resistance, valve voltage fault, dead time Short motor identification (lower quality) Measurement without control parameter calculation Dependency: Refer to: r3925 Note: The parameter is a
PAGE 331
Parameters List of parameters 04 05 08 09 10 11 12 13 r3930[0...4] Description: Wobble U_generation to determine dynamic leakage inductance Wobble U_generation to determine magnetizing inductance Alternating U_generate to determine deadtime correction Alternating U_generate to determine stator resistance Alternating U_generate to determine rotor time constant Alternating U_generate to determine leakage inductance Alternating U_generate to determine dyn.
PAGE 332
Parameters List of parameters Re r3960[1]: Displays the highest measured Control Unit temperature. This value is saved on the module in a non-volatile fashion. r3974 Drive unit status word / Drv_unit ZSW Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word for the drive unit.
PAGE 333
Parameters List of parameters r3986 Description: Parameter count / Parameter No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the number of parameters for this drive unit. The number comprises the device-specific and the drive-specific parameters. Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981, r0989 r3988[0...
PAGE 334
Parameters List of parameters 725: 740: 745: 750: 800: Index: r3996[0...1] Description: Wait for cyclic Check the ability to operate Start cyclic calculations Interrupt enable Initialization finished [0] = System [1] = Partial boot Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 335
Parameters List of parameters p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode dwell time maximum / Pe t_dwell max CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 4294967295 [ms] Factory setting 4294967295 [ms] Description: Sets the maximum dwell time for the energy-saving mode.
PAGE 336
Parameters List of parameters p5614 BI: Pe set switch-on inhibit signal source / Pe sw on_inh s_src CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to set in the PROFIdrive state S1 "switching-on inhibit". Dependency: Refer to: r5613 Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles r7758[0...
PAGE 337
Parameters List of parameters 03 04 Know-how protection cannot be deactivated Yes Memory card copy protection active Yes Dependency: Refer to: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection No No - Re bit 00: Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit. Re bit 01: The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768).
PAGE 338
Parameters List of parameters Note: KHP: Know-How Protection Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to. p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p7763 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting [0] 7766 [1...499] 0 Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...
PAGE 339
Parameters List of parameters The following rules apply when entering the password: - Password entry must start with p7766[0]. - No gaps are permissible in the password. - Entering a password is completed when writing to p7766[29] (p7766[29] = 0 for passwords less than 30 characters). Note: KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7766[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. Parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute are not involved in the know-how protection.
PAGE 340
Parameters List of parameters p7775 Description: NVRAM data backup/import/delete / NVRAM backup Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 17 Factory setting 0 Setting to backup/import/delete NVRAM data. NVRAM data are non-volatile data in the device (e.g. fault buffer).
PAGE 341
Parameters List of parameters r7843[2] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 3 r7843[3] = 57 dec --> ASCII characters = "9" --> serial number, character 4 r7843[4] = 50 dec --> ASCII characters = "2" --> serial number, character 5 r7843[5] = 51 dec --> ASCII characters = "3" --> serial number, character 6 r7843[6] = 69 dec --> ASCII characters = "E" --> serial number, character 7 r7843[7] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8 ...
PAGE 342
Parameters List of parameters r8572[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
PAGE 343
Parameters List of parameters r8858[0...39] PROFINET read diagnostics channel / PN diag_chan read CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PROFINET diagnostics data. Note: Only for internal Siemens diagnostics. r8859[0...
PAGE 344
Parameters List of parameters 0514 hex: G110M 0515 hex: G120 CU250S-2 Servo p8920[0...239] PN Name of Station / PN Name Stat CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Sets the station name for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The active station name is displayed in r8930.
PAGE 345
Parameters List of parameters p8925 PN interface configuration / PN IF config CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to activate the interface configuration for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. p8925 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation.
PAGE 346
Parameters List of parameters r8932[0...3] PN Default Gateway of Station active / PN Def Gateway act CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting - Description: Displays the active default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. r8933[0...
PAGE 347
Parameters List of parameters r8960[0...2] PN subslot controller assignment / PN subslot assign CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting - Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
PAGE 348
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: OFF1 OFF2 Dependency: Refer to: p8980 Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p8982 Ethernet/IP ODVA speed scaling / Eth/IP ODVA n scal CU240E-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 349
Parameters List of parameters p9301 SI Motion enable safety functions (processor 2) / SI Mtn enable P2 CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the enable signals for the safe motion monitoring.
PAGE 350
Parameters List of parameters p9306 SI Motion function specification (processor 2) / SI Mtn fct spec P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring.
PAGE 351
Parameters List of parameters Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Re bit 00: If the OFF1 or the OFF3 ramp-down time is too low, or there is an insufficient clearance between the SSM limit speed, and the shutdown speed, then it is possible that the "speed under limit value" signal does not change to 1, because no speed actual value below the SSM limit was able to be identified before pulse cancellation.
PAGE 352
Parameters List of parameters p9321[0...7] SI Motion gearbox motor/load denominator (processor 2) / SI Mtn gear den P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 2147000000 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the denominator for the gearbox between the motor and the load.
PAGE 353
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 Dependency: Refer to: p9363, p9531 Refer to: C01714 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed p9342 SI Motion act. val. comparison tolerance (crossw.
PAGE 354
Parameters List of parameters p9347 SI Motion SSM velocity hysteresis (processor 2) / SI Mtn SSM Hyst P2 CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2823 Min 0.0010 [rpm] Max 500.0000 [rpm] Factory setting 10.0000 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity hysteresis for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill (n < nx).
PAGE 355
Parameters List of parameters p9356 SI Motion pulse suppression delay time (processor 2) / SI Mtn IL t_del P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2819 Min 0.00 [µs] Max 3600000000.00 [µs] Factory setting 600000000.00 [µs] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the delay time for the safe pulse suppression after STOP B / SS1.
PAGE 356
Parameters List of parameters p9363[0...3] SI Motion SLS stop response (processor 2) / SI Mtn SLS stop P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the stop response for the function "Safely-Limited Speed" (SLS). These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS.
PAGE 357
Parameters List of parameters p9366 SI Motion SDI stop response (processor 2) / SI Mtn SDI Stop P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2824 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the stop response for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI). This setting applies to both directions of motion.
PAGE 358
Parameters List of parameters r9371 SI Motion acceptance test status (processor 2) / SI Mtn acc_stat P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0000 hex Max 00AC hex Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the status of the acceptance test mode.
PAGE 359
Parameters List of parameters p9383 SI Motion brake ramp monitoring time (processor 2) / SI Mtn rp t_mon P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 500.00 [ms] Max 3600000.00 [ms] Factory setting 10000.00 [ms] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the monitoring time to define the brake ramp.
PAGE 360
Parameters List of parameters Caution: The safety functionality is only completely guaranteed after this time has expired. Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. If this value is reduced, this can have a negative impact on the actual value acquisition and plausibility check – and result in Safety message C30711 with the message value 1041 or 1042.
PAGE 361
Parameters List of parameters If this value is decreased, and this dampens the velocity peaks when accelerating. - The value must be increased if C30711 with message value 1043 has occurred. - The value must be lowered if acceleration procedures have led to an excessive Safety actual velocity. Dependency: Refer to: r9784 Refer to: C30711 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. r9398[0...
PAGE 362
Parameters List of parameters 3: 100: "Safe removal" possible "Safe removal" not possible due to access Dependency: Refer to: r9401 Notice: Removing the memory card without a request (p9400 = 2) and confirmation (p9400 = 3) may destroy the file system on the memory card. The memory card will then no longer work properly and must be replaced. Note: The status when the memory card is being "removed safely" is shown in r9401. Re value = 0, 1, 3, 100: These values can only be displayed, not set.
PAGE 363
Parameters List of parameters r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted r9407[0...19] Description: PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 364
Parameters List of parameters r9451[0...29] Units changeover adapted parameters / Unit_chngov par Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the parameters whose parameter would have to be changed during a units changeover.
PAGE 365
Parameters List of parameters Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded). The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486). p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions (processor 1) / SI Mtn enable P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 366
Parameters List of parameters p9506 SI Motion function specification (processor 1) / SI Mtn fct_spc P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring.
PAGE 367
Parameters List of parameters Notice: Re bit 00: If the OFF1 or the OFF3 ramp-down time is too low, or there is an insufficient clearance between the SSM limit speed, and the shutdown speed, then it is possible that the "speed under limit value" signal does not change to 1, because no speed actual value below the SSM limit was able to be identified before pulse cancellation. In this case, the OFF1 or the OFF3 ramp-down time or the clearance between the SSM limit speed and shutdown speed must be increased.
PAGE 368
Parameters List of parameters p9521[0...7] SI Motion gearbox motor/load denominator (processor 1) / SI Mtn gear den P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 2147000000 Factory setting 1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the denominator for the gearbox between the motor and the load.
PAGE 369
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 Dependency: Refer to: p9563 Refer to: C01714 Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed p9533 SI Motion SLS setpoint speed limit (processor 1) / SI Mtn SLS set_lim PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [%] Max 100.
PAGE 370
Parameters List of parameters p9545 SI Motion SSM filter time (processor 1) / SI Mtn SSM filt P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2823 Min 0.00 [ms] Max 100.00 [ms] Factory setting 0.00 [ms] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the filter time for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill.
PAGE 371
Parameters List of parameters p9551 SI Motion SLS changeover delay time (processor 1) / SI Mtn SLS t P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2819, 2820 Min 0.00 [ms] Max 600000.00 [ms] Factory setting 100.00 [ms] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the delay time for the SLS changeover for the function "safely limited speed" (SLS).
PAGE 372
Parameters List of parameters p9559 SI Motion forced checking procedure timer (processor 1) / SI Mtn dyn timer PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [h] Max 9000.00 [h] Factory setting 8.
PAGE 373
Parameters List of parameters p9564 SI Motion SDI tolerance (processor 1) / SI Mtn SDI tol P1 CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_PN_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2824 Min 0.001 [°] Max 360.000 [°] Factory setting 12.000 [°] Description: Sets the tolerance for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI).
PAGE 374
Parameters List of parameters p9568 SI Motion SAM velocity limit (processor 1) / SI Mtn SAM v_limP1 CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_PN_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 1000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity tolerance limit for the "SAM" function. SAM is de-activated once the set velocity limit has been undershot.
PAGE 375
Parameters List of parameters p9575 SI Motion acceptance test mode (processor 1) / SI Mtn acc_mod P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0000 hex Max 00AC hex Factory setting 0000 hex CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Setting to select and de-select the acceptance test for SLP(SE).
PAGE 376
Parameters List of parameters p9585 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless fault tolerance (CU) / ActVal sl tol CU PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min -1 Max 4 Factory setting -1 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the tolerance of the plausibility monitoring of the current and voltage angle.
PAGE 377
Parameters List of parameters p9587 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless filter time (P1) / Actv sl t_filt P1 PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [ms] Max 100.00 [ms] Factory setting 25.00 [ms] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the filter time for smoothing the actual value with sensorless actual value sensing.
PAGE 378
Parameters List of parameters r9590[0...3] SI Motion version safety motion monitoring (processor 1) / SI Mtn version P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the Safety Integrated version for the safe monitoring functions.
PAGE 379
Parameters List of parameters p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
PAGE 380
Parameters List of parameters 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 000C hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.4 = 1). 000D hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.4 = 1).
PAGE 381
Parameters List of parameters p9610 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 1) / SI PROFIsafe P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFE hex Factory setting 0000 hex CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address for processor 1.
PAGE 382
Parameters List of parameters Example: Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed. Debounce time = 3 ms: Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed. p9659 SI forced checking procedure timer / SI FCP Timer PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2810 Min 0.00 [h] Max 9000.
PAGE 383
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 29: 87: 208: [00 hex] Copy function ended [1D hex] Start copy function node identifier [57 hex] Start copy function SI parameters [D0 hex] Start copy function SI basic parameters Dependency: Refer to: r3996 Notice: When the parameters are copied, short-term communication interruptions may occur. Note: Re value = 57 hex and D0 hex: The value can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was entered.
PAGE 384
Parameters List of parameters r9708[0...5] SI Motion diagnostics safe position / SI mtn safe pos CU240E-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_PN_F Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2822, 2836 Min - [°] Max - [°] Factory setting - [°] Description: Displays the actual load-side actual values of both monitoring channels and their difference.
PAGE 385
Parameters List of parameters 19 20 21 Actual value > lower limit SDI positive Actual value > upper limit SDI negative Actual value > lower limit SDI negative Yes Yes Yes Dependency: Refer to: C01711 Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) No No No - SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) SLS: Safely-Limited Speed r9712 CO: SI Motion diagnostics pos. act. val.
PAGE 386
Parameters List of parameters r9714[0...2] CO: SI Motion diagnostics velocity (processor 1) / SI Mtn diag v P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the actual velocity values for the motion monitoring functions on processor 1.
PAGE 387
Parameters List of parameters 04 07 09 10 12 13 15 Notice: SLS active Internal event Active SLS stage bit 0 Active SLS stage bit 1 SDI pos active SDI neg active SSM (speed below limit value) Yes No Set Set Yes Yes Yes No Yes Not set Not set No No No 2824 2824 2823 Re bit 07: An internal event is displayed if a STOP A ... F is active. The signal state behaves in an opposite way to the PROFIsafe Standard. Note: This parameter is only supplied with actual values if SI Motion functions are active.
PAGE 388
Parameters List of parameters Note: Re bit 01: This bit can be used to execute a control-based ESR. ESR: Extended Stop and Retract SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) r9724 SI Motion crosswise comparison clock cycle / SI Mtn CDC clk cyc PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 389
Parameters List of parameters r9728[0...2] SI Motion actual checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI Mtn act CRC P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions (actual checksum).
PAGE 390
Parameters List of parameters r9733[0...2] CO: SI Motion setpoint speed limit effective / SI Mtn setp_lim PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 391
Parameters List of parameters r9734.0...14 CO/BO: SI Safety Info Channel status word S_ZSW1B / SIC S_ZSW1B PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Display and BICO output for status word S_ZSW1B of the safety information channel.
PAGE 392
Parameters List of parameters r9742.0...15 CO/BO: SI Motion drive-integrated status signals (processor 2) / SI Mtn int stat P2 PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2840, 2855 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_F Description: Status signal for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive.
PAGE 393
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: A change made to the Safety Integrated password must be acknowledged in the following parameter: Refer to: p9763 p9763 SI password acknowledgement / SI ackn password PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 394
Parameters List of parameters [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 Dependency: Refer to: r9769 Note: The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed (2 words). r9769[0...7] SI PROFIsafe send status words (processor 1) / SI Ps PZD send P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 395
Parameters List of parameters r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2 Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 1 determines this display.
PAGE 396
Parameters List of parameters r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_F Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 1 determines this display.
PAGE 397
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 19: For the drive-integrated motion monitoring functions, due to OFF2, no actual value sensing possible. r9773.0...31 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1 + processor 2) / SI status P1+P2 PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 398
Parameters List of parameters r9780 SI monitoring clock cycle (processor 1) / SI mon_clk cyc P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802 Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] CU240E-2 CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the clock cycle time for the Safety Integrated Basic Functions on processor 1.
PAGE 399
Parameters List of parameters r9782[0...1] SI time stamp to check changes (processor 1) / SI chg t P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [h] Max - [h] Factory setting - [h] CU240E-2 CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the time stamps for the checksums for tracking changes for Safety Integrated.
PAGE 400
Parameters List of parameters Note: Re index 0: Displays the parameterized minimum current of p9588. Re index 1: Displays the currently measured current of the encoderless actual value sensing r9786[0...2] SI Motion diagnostics sensorless angle / Diag sl angle PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 401
Parameters List of parameters r9794[0...19] SI crosswise comparison list (processor 1) / SI CDC_list P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2 CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the numbers of the data items that are currently being compared crosswise on processor 1.
PAGE 402
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p9799, r9898 p9799 SI setpoint checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI setp_chksm P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 403
Parameters List of parameters p9801 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
PAGE 404
Parameters List of parameters 0008 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 000C hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.4 = 1). 000D hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.4 = 1).
PAGE 405
Parameters List of parameters p9810 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 2) / SI PROFIsafe P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFE hex Factory setting 0000 hex CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 PN Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address on processor 2.
PAGE 406
Parameters List of parameters Note: Rounding effects can occur in the last decimal place of the parameterized time. The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds. It specifies the maximum duration of a fault pulse at the failsafe digital inputs with no reaction/influence on the selection or deselection of the Safety Basic Functions. Example: Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed.
PAGE 407
Parameters List of parameters r9871 SI common functions (processor 2) / SI common fct P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804 Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2 PN Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 2 determines this display.
PAGE 408
Parameters List of parameters 07 09 10 15 16 17 18 20 STO terminal state on processor 2 (Basic Functions) STOP A cannot be acknowledged active STOP A active STOP F active STO cause: Safety comm.
PAGE 409
Parameters List of parameters r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the directory and name of the file whose status as shipped from the factory was identified as impermissible.
PAGE 410
Parameters List of parameters p9932 Save system logbook EEPROM / SYSLOG EEPROM save Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 Description: Only for service purposes. r9935.0 BO: POWER ON delay signal / POWER ON t_delay Description: Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 411
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Reserved [1] = Computing time utilization [2] = Reserved [3] = Reserved [4] = Reserved [5] = Largest total utilization [6] = Reserved [7] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: F01054, F01205 Note: Re index 1: The value shows the total computing time load of the system. Re index 5: The total utilization is determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilization is mapped here.
PAGE 412
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 255: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 Statically inact Dependency: Refer to: p10106 Refer to: A01666, A30666 Note: The values "static active" and "static inactive" result in an inactive function of the safe acknowledgment. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input p10017 SI digital inputs debounce time (processor 1) / SI DI t_debounceP1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 413
Parameters List of parameters p10023 SI SS1 input terminal (processor 1) / SI SS1 F-DI P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SS1" function.
PAGE 414
Parameters List of parameters p10030 SI SDI positive input terminal (processor 1) / SI SDI pos F-DI P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SDI positive" function.
PAGE 415
Parameters List of parameters r10049 SI F-DI monitoring status (processor 1) / SI F-DI status P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the monitoring status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The F-DIs that are being used by the Safety Integrated functions are displayed.
PAGE 416
Parameters List of parameters r10051.0...2 CO/BO: SI digital inputs status (processor 1) / SI DI status P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the single-channel, logical, and debounced status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI).
PAGE 417
Parameters List of parameters p10106 SI acknowledgement internal event F-DI (processor 2) / SI ackn int evt P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Select a fail-safe digital input for the signal "acknowledge internal event" (internal fault).
PAGE 418
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 255: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 Statically inact Dependency: Refer to: p10022 Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input STO: Safe Torque Off p10123 SI SS1 input terminal (processor 2) / SI SS1 F-DI P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 419
Parameters List of parameters Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SLS: Safely-Limited Speed p10130 SI SDI positive input terminal (processor 2) / SI SDI pos F-DI P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 420
Parameters List of parameters r10149 SI F-DI monitoring status (processor 2) / SI F-DI status P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the monitoring status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The F-DIs that are being used by the Safety Integrated functions are displayed.
PAGE 421
Parameters List of parameters r10151.0...2 CO/BO: SI digital inputs status (processor 2) / SI DI status P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU240E-2_DP_F CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F Description: Displays the single-channel, logical, and debounced status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI).
PAGE 422
Parameters List of parameters p20030[0...3] BI: AND 0 inputs / AND 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.
PAGE 423
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20035 BO: AND 1 output Q / AND 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block.
PAGE 424
Parameters List of parameters r20039 BO: AND 2 output Q / AND 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 2 of the AND function block.
PAGE 425
Parameters List of parameters p20044 AND 3 run-time group / AND 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 3 of the AND function block is to be called.
PAGE 426
Parameters List of parameters Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 9999: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Do not calculate p20049 OR 0 run sequence / OR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 427
Parameters List of parameters p20053 OR 1 run sequence / OR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 70 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 1 within the run-time group set in p20052. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 428
Parameters List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20058[0...3] BI: OR 3 inputs / OR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 429
Parameters List of parameters p20062[0...3] BI: XOR 0 inputs / XOR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 430
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20067 BO: XOR 1 output Q / XOR 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 431
Parameters List of parameters r20071 BO: XOR 2 output Q / XOR 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block. p20072 XOR 2 run-time group / XOR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 432
Parameters List of parameters p20076 XOR 3 run-time group / XOR 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block is to be called.
PAGE 433
Parameters List of parameters 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20081 NOT 0 run sequence / NOT 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 160 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 0 within the run-time group set in p20080.
PAGE 434
Parameters List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20086 BI: NOT 2 input I / NOT 2 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 2 of the inverter.
PAGE 435
Parameters List of parameters r20091 BO: NOT 3 inverted output / NOT 3 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 3 of the inverter. p20092 NOT 3 run-time group / NOT 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 436
Parameters List of parameters p20096 ADD 0 run-time group / ADD 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 0 of the adder is to be called.
PAGE 437
Parameters List of parameters p20101 ADD 1 run sequence / ADD 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 220 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 1 within the run-time group set in p20100. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 438
Parameters List of parameters p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of minuend X1 and subtrahend X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor.
PAGE 439
Parameters List of parameters r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the product Y = X0 * X1 * X2 * X3 of instance MUL 0 of the multiplier.
PAGE 440
Parameters List of parameters p20116 MUL 1 run-time group / MUL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 1 of the multiplier is to be called.
PAGE 441
Parameters List of parameters p20121 DIV 0 run-time group / DIV 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 0 of the divider is to be called.
PAGE 442
Parameters List of parameters p20126 DIV 1 run-time group / DIV 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 1 of the divider is to be called.
PAGE 443
Parameters List of parameters p20131 AVA 0 run-time group / AVA 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation is to be called.
PAGE 444
Parameters List of parameters p20136 AVA 1 run-time group / AVA 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation is to be called.
PAGE 445
Parameters List of parameters p20141 MFP 0 run-time group / MFP 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 446
Parameters List of parameters p20146 MFP 1 run-time group / MFP 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 447
Parameters List of parameters p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 448
Parameters List of parameters p20156 PCL 1 run-time group / PCL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 449
Parameters List of parameters p20161 PDE 0 run-time group / PDE 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 450
Parameters List of parameters p20166 PDE 1 run-time group / PDE 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 451
Parameters List of parameters p20171 PDF 0 run-time group / PDF 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 452
Parameters List of parameters p20176 PDF 1 run-time group / PDF 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 453
Parameters List of parameters p20181 PST 0 run-time group / PST 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 454
Parameters List of parameters p20186 PST 1 run-time group / PST 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 455
Parameters List of parameters p20191 RSR 0 run-time group / RSR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 456
Parameters List of parameters p20196 RSR 1 run-time group / RSR 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 457
Parameters List of parameters p20201 DFR 0 run-time group / DFR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 458
Parameters List of parameters p20206 DFR 1 run-time group / DFR 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 459
Parameters List of parameters p20211 BSW 0 run-time group / BSW 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 460
Parameters List of parameters p20216 BSW 1 run-time group / BSW 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 461
Parameters List of parameters p20221 NSW 0 run-time group / NSW 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 462
Parameters List of parameters p20226 NSW 1 run-time group / NSW 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 463
Parameters List of parameters r20231 CO: LIM 0 output Y / LIM 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the limited output quantity Y of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.
PAGE 464
Parameters List of parameters p20236 CI: LIM 1 input X / LIM 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.
PAGE 465
Parameters List of parameters p20242 LIM 1 run-time group / LIM 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 1 of the limiter is to be called.
PAGE 466
Parameters List of parameters r20247 CO: PT1 0 output Y / PT1 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 467
Parameters List of parameters p20252 PT1 1 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 1 T_smooth ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min 0.00 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 468
Parameters List of parameters p20257 INT 0 upper limit value LU / INT 0 upper lim LU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the upper limit value LU of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 469
Parameters List of parameters r20263 BO: INT 0 integrator at the lower limit QL / INT 0 QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the signal QL that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the lower limit value LL.
PAGE 470
Parameters List of parameters p20268 LVM 0 interval limit L / LVM 0 limit L Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval limit L of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 471
Parameters List of parameters Value: 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20274 LVM 0 run sequence / LVM 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 720 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM 0 within the run-time group set in p20273.
PAGE 472
Parameters List of parameters r20279 BO: LVM 1 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 1 X above QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and X is >= M + L - HY.
PAGE 473
Parameters List of parameters p20284 CI: DIF 0 input X / DIF 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.
PAGE 474
Parameters List of parameters p20300 BI: NOT 4 input I / NOT 4 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 4 of the inverter. r20301 BO: NOT 4 inverted output / NOT 4 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 475
Parameters List of parameters r20305 BO: NOT 5 inverted output / NOT 5 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 5 of the inverter. p20306 NOT 5 run-time group / NOT 5 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 476
Parameters List of parameters p20310 ADD 2 run-time group / ADD 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 2 of the adder is to be called.
PAGE 477
Parameters List of parameters r20315 Description: BO: NCM 0 output QL / NCM 0 output QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator. QL is only set if X0 < X1.
PAGE 478
Parameters List of parameters r20320 Description: BO: NCM 1 output QE / NCM 1 output QE Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QE is only set if X0 = X1.
PAGE 479
Parameters List of parameters r20325 BO: RSR 2 output Q / RSR 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop r20326 BO: RSR 2 inverted output QN / RSR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 480
Parameters List of parameters r20330 Description: r20331 BO: DFR 2 output Q / DFR 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop. BO: DFR 2 inverted output QN / DFR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 481
Parameters List of parameters p20335 PDE 2 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 2 t_del ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 482
Parameters List of parameters p20340 PDE 3 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 3 t_del ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 483
Parameters List of parameters p20345 Description: r20346 PDF 2 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 2 t_ext ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 484
Parameters List of parameters p20350 Description: r20351 PDF 3 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 3 t_ext ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 485
Parameters List of parameters p20355 MFP 2 pulse duration in ms / MFP 2 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 486
Parameters List of parameters p20360 MFP 3 pulse duration in ms / MFP 3 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0.00 Max 5400000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 487
Parameters List of parameters r20373 CO: PLI 0 output Y / PLI 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0 p20374[0...
PAGE 488
Parameters List of parameters [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20376 PLI 0 run-time group / PLI 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 489
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0 [1] = Breakpoint 1 [2] = Breakpoint 2 [3] = Breakpoint 3 [4] = Breakpoint 4 [5] = Breakpoint 5 [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20381[0...
PAGE 490
Parameters List of parameters p20383 PLI 1 run sequence / PLI 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 990 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PLI 1 within the run-time group set in p20382. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 491
Parameters List of parameters Value: 700: 999: Supplementary telegram 700, PZD-0/3 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922, p2071, p2079 Note: The clearance to the PZD telegram can be increased using p2071. After changing p0922/p2079 or p2071, then p60122 must be set again. The telegram interconnections can only be changed if p60122 and p0922 are both set to 999. r61000[0...
PAGE 492
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3 Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.1 Command data sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: CDS 1-492 p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select bit 1 p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) p0844[0...
PAGE 493
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value p1155[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1 / n_ctrl n_set 1 p1160[0...
PAGE 494
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p2286[0...n] 1-494 BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ stop p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctrl prectrl p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s p2299[0...
PAGE 495
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.2 Drive data sets (DDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: DDS p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2 p1003[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 3 / n_set_fixed 3 p1004[0...
PAGE 496
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1-496 p1226[0...n] Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc_ctr config vec p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor p1249[0...
PAGE 497
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p1402[0...n] Closed-loop current control and motor model configuration / I_ctrl config p1416[0...n] Speed setpoint filter 1 time constant / n_set_filt 1 T p1452[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time (SLVC) / n_C n_act T_s SLVC p1456[0...n] Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKpLow p1457[0...n] Speed controller P gain adaptation upper starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKp up p1458[0...
PAGE 498
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1-498 p1759[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time open/closed-loop control / MotMod t op_cl p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp p1767[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Tn / MotMod woE n_adaTn p1774[0...n] Motor model offset voltage compensation alpha / MotMod offs comp A p1775[0...n] Motor model offset voltage compensation beta / MotMod offs comp B p1780[0...
PAGE 499
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p2186[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1 lower / M_thresh 1 lower p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper / M_thresh 2 upper p2188[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2 lower / M_thresh 2 lower p2189[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 3 upper / M_thresh 3 upper p2190[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 3 lower / M_thresh 3 lower p2192[0...n] Load monitoring delay time / Load monit t_del p2193[0...
PAGE 500
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: MDS 1-500 p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty p0307[0...
PAGE 501
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p0367[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2 p0368[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 3 / Mot sat. I_mag 3 p0369[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. I_mag 4 r0370[0...n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold r0372[0...n] Cable resistance / Mot R_cable r0373[0...n] Motor rated stator resistance / Mot R_stator rated r0374[0...
PAGE 502
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.4 Power unit data sets (PDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: PDS p0124[0...n] 1.3.5 CU detection via LED / CU detection LED r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no r0203[0...n] Actual power unit type / PU actual type r0204[0...
PAGE 503
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: BI p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 504
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-504 p1501[0...n] BI: Change over between closed-loop speed/torque control / Changeov n/M_ctrl p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 p2081[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3 p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 p2084[0...
PAGE 505
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20158 BI: PDE 0 input pulse I / PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs p20203[0.
PAGE 506
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.2 Connector inputs (CI) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: CI p0641[0...n] 1-506 CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src p1042[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint / Mop auto setpoint p1044[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer setting value / Mop set val p1051[0...
PAGE 507
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs p3230[0...n] CI: Load monitoring speed actual value / Load monit n_act p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs p20098[0...3] CI: ADD 1 inputs / ADD 1 inputs p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs p20110[0...3] CI: MUL 0 inputs / MUL 0 inputs p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs p20118[0...
PAGE 508
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.3 Binector outputs (BO) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: BO r0751.0...9 1-508 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active r1025.0 BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state r2090.0...
PAGE 509
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r20210 BO: BSW 0 output Q / BSW 0 output Q r20215 BO: BSW 1 output Q / BSW 1 output Q r20232 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 0 QU r20233 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 0 QL r20240 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 1 QU r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU r20263 BO: INT 0 integrator at the lowe
PAGE 510
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.
PAGE 511
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12 p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13 p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14 p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 r1024 CO: Fixed speed setpoint effective / n_set_fixed eff r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG r1050 CO: Motor.
PAGE 512
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r1732[0...1] 1-512 CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set r1733[0...1] CO: Quadrature-axis voltage setpoint / Quad U set r1770 CO: Motor model speed adaptation proportional component / MotMod n_adapt Kp r1771 CO: Motor model speed adaptation I comp. / MotMod n_adapt Tn r1801[0...1] CO: Pulse frequency / Pulse frequency r1809 CO: Modulator mode actual / Modulator mode act r2050[0...
PAGE 513
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.5 r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y r20103 CO: SUB 0 difference Y / SUB 0 difference Y r20107 CO: SUB 1 difference Y / SUB 1 difference Y r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y r20115 CO: MUL 1 product Y / MUL 1 product Y r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient r20124[0...
PAGE 514
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-514 r1407.0...17 CO/BO: Status word speed controller / ZSW n_ctrl r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Trigger word for faults and alarms / Trigger word r2135.12...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm r2139.0...12 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2197.0...
PAGE 515
Parameters Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK 1.5.2 p0003 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt p0124[0...
PAGE 516
Parameters Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute. These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection.
PAGE 517
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 1.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in Table 1-7: . Table 1-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par. no.
PAGE 518
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 1-7 Par. no.
PAGE 519
Function diagrams 2 Contents 2.1 Table of contents, function diagrams 2-520 2.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 2-525 2.3 Overviews 2-530 2.4 Input/output terminals 2-534 2.5 PROFIenergy 2-545 2.6 PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 2-548 2.7 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus) 2-563 2.8 Internal control/status words 2-570 2.9 Brake control 2-589 2.10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 2-591 2.11 Safety Integrated Extended Functions 2-597 2.
PAGE 520
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.1 2.2 Table of contents, function diagrams Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-525 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-526 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-527 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 521
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2451 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-557 2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-558 2456 – STW3 status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-559 2468 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 522
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-591 2800 – Parameter manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-592 2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-593 2804 – Status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 523
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 6060 – Torque setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-625 6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (vector control, PM230/PM240) . . 2-626 6300 – V/f characteristic and voltage boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-627 6310 – Resonance damping and slip compensation (V/f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 524
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 7260 – LIM (limiter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-660 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-661 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (derivative-action element) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-662 7270 – LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 525
Function diagrams Explanations on the function diagrams 2.
PAGE 526
Connectors Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with unit [Unit] and index range rxxxx[y..z] [y..z] or data set [C/D] © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) Parameter name from ...
PAGE 527
Fig. 2-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions S 1 Logical inversion & AND element with logical inversion of an input signal Threshold value switch 1/0 1 y x Outputs at y a logical "1" if x < S. 0 S OR element 1 x1 Exclusive-OR/XOR y =1 Outputs at y a logical "1" if x > S. y = 1 when x1 != x2 is.
PAGE 528
Switch-on delay T T x 0 Simple changeover switch 0 0 y pxxxx © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting (in this case, switch position 1 in the default state on delivery). 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 529
Fig. 2-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). Connectors are also "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).
PAGE 530
Function diagrams Overviews 2.
PAGE 531
Fig. 2-5 1690 – Vector control, V/f control © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Flying restart mode p1200 Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310] [6320] Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310] n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 [6030.
PAGE 532
r1170 [1550.
PAGE 533
Fig. 2-7 I_ctrl Tn p1717 |y| + f [1700.8] – P iq controller f Modulat_depth [%] r0074 U_set K M_set [Nm] r0079 Vdc act val [V] r0070 U_output [Veff] r0072 Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 |y| 1710 – Vector control, current control © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 I_ctrl Kp p1715 U_angle + + M Iq I_ctrl Kp p1715 [6710] Current setpoint filter U_output max [Veff] r0071 [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] – – Flex setp 50.0 .
PAGE 534
Function diagrams Input/output terminals 2.4 Input/output terminals Function diagrams 2220 – CU240B-2: Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3) 2-535 2221 – CU240E-2: Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) 2-536 2255 – CU240B-2: Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11) 2-537 2256 – CU240E-2: Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 2-538 2240 – CU240B-2: Digital output (DO 0) 2-539 2242 – CU240E-2: Digital outputs (DO 0 ...
PAGE 535
Fig. 2-8 2220 – CU240B-2: Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 External power supply 24 V DC or NPN Kl. 9 +24 V OUT PNP Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND Kl. 28 GND <1> Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl.
PAGE 536
or Kl. 9 Kl. 28 PNP +24 V OUT GND Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND <1> 1 = Simulation on © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2221 – CU240E-2: Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 p0796.0 T p0795.1 24 V Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl.
PAGE 537
Fig. 2-10 2255 – CU240B-2: Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 For Example: <1> Kl. 1 Kl. 2 +10 V OUT GND 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) Kl. 4 AI 0- 0 0 p0796.11 T 0 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.11 CU DI status r0722.11 r0722 Sampling time of the DI : 4 ms 3 4 5 6 fp_2255_97_02.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 538
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2256 – CU240E-2: Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) <1> Kl. 1 Kl. 2 +10 V OUT GND 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) Kl. 4 AI 0- <1> Kl. = Terminal 1 2 Input/Output Terminals Analog inputs as Digital input (DI 11) 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.11 CU DI t_debounce p0724 r0721.11 1 0 0 p0796.11 T 0 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.11 CU DI status r0722.
PAGE 539
Fig. 2-12 2240 – CU240B-2: Digital output (DO 0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 CU DO inv p0748.0 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 p0730 (52.3) 0 <2> -1 1 DO 0 NC NO Kl.18 Kl.19 COM Kl.20 2 3 4 5 <2> Kl. = Terminal 6 fp_2240_97_02.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 540
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2242 – CU240E-2: Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 0 p0730 (52.3) 1 <2> DO 0 -1 NC NO Kl.18 Kl.19 COM Kl.20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 2 -1 24 V 0V DO 1 1 NO 0 Kl.21 Kl.22 0V CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 4 DO 2 -1 NC NO Kl.23 Kl.24 COM Kl.
PAGE 541
Fig. 2-14 2250 – CU240B-2: Analog input 0 (AI 0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 <2> <3> CU AI type 0 ... 8 [0] (4)(4) p0756[0..1] <4> CU WireBrkThresh CU wire brk t_del 0.00 ... 20.00 0 ... 1000 [ms] [0] (2.00) p0761[0..1] (2.00) p0762[0..1] (100) [0] (100) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..1] [0] (0)(0) 20 mA 3 20 mA 1 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 I Kl.
PAGE 542
20 mA 20 mA 1 3 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI 0/1 U U U Voltage I Kl.3 (Kl.10) I AI 0/1 U I <1> I + A D Kl.4 (Kl.11) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..1] (0) Hardware smoothing 100 µs Type switching Analog input CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0760[0..1] (100.00) 0 y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0758[0..1] (0.00) [%] x2 x y1 CU AI sim setp -50.000 ... 2000.000 p0798[0..1] (0.
PAGE 543
Fig. 2-16 <1> 0 x1 0 x2 x [%] 2 D y AO 0+ A 4 mA y1 Scaling Kl.12 GND % Kl.13 y x2 y2 CU AO char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (0.000) p0778[0..1] (0.000) <1> Smoothing 0, 1 x x1 1 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774[0] y Voltage output CU AO char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20.000) p0780[0..1] (20.000) 0 … 10 V CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y CU AO T_smooth 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] (0) p0773 [0] (0.0) 0 … 20 mA CU AO absVal act 0 ... 1 p0775 [0] (0)(0) <3> CU AO type 0 ...
PAGE 544
y1 Scaling x1x 100 % x2 Kl.12 GND Voltage output AO 0+ A 4 mA Voltage output D y 0 … 10 V 2 0 … 10 V x2 x [%] % y x2 0 CU AO char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (0)(0.000) p0778[0..1] <1> Smoothing x1 y2 x x1 1 0, 1 0 … 20 mA 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774[0] y Current output CU AO S_src p0771 [0] y (21[0]) <1> CU AO char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20) p0780[0..1] (20.000) Kl.13 [%] Reference quantities p2000 … r2004 <2> CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth 0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.
PAGE 545
Function diagrams PROFIenergy 2.
PAGE 546
PROFIenergy Data set: & PROFIenergy control command "Start_Pause" PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 PROFIenergy Data set: [2382] & PROFIenergy control command "End_Pause" Port 1 / Port 2 PROFIenergy Data set: PROFIenergy request command „List_Energy_Saving_Modes“ PROFIenergy Data set: PROFIenergy request command „Get_Mode“ PROFIenergy Data set: PROFIenergy request command „PEM_Status“ PROFIenergy Data set: PROFIenergy request command „PE_Identify“ PROFIenergy Data set: PROFIenergy request command „Qu
PAGE 547
Fig. 2-19 PROFIenergy State <1> POWER ON PROFIenergy Power OFF 2382 – States © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PROFIdrive State S1: Switching on inhibited PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 Off and no "Coast Stop" and no "Quick Stop" 1 = PE active "Coast Stop" or "Quick Stop" r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.
PAGE 548
Function diagrams PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 2.
PAGE 549
Fig. 2-20 Signal Description Interconnectio n ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2442] Netto data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description Interconnectio n ... ... ... ... ... ...
PAGE 550
PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) Setting the PROFIBUS address © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2410 – PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN), addresses and diagnostics PD PZD state r2043.0 T Monitoring functions Alarms Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> PD fault delay No cyclic telegrams from the 0 ... 100 [s] master p2044 (0) t PB address 1 ...
PAGE 551
Fig.
PAGE 552
<3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header Signal ... Netto data Trailer Signal receivers for PZD receive signals r2090...r2095 Bit r2050[0...7] WORD Telegram assignment <4> according to p0922 [2420] <4> <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No. Meaning Function diagram Data type Scaling STW1 Control word 1 1 (bit serial) [2442] U16 - NSOLL_A Speed setpoint A (16-bit) 5 p1070 [3030.2] I16 4000 hex p2000 M_LIM Torque limit 310 p1552, p1554 [6060.
PAGE 553
Fig. 2-24 <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 554
2442 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Meaning Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 555
Fig. 2-26 Signal <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.3 1 = Fixed setp bit 3 p1023[0] = r2093.3 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.4 1 = DDS select. bit 0 p0820 = r2093.4 [2513.2] [8565.2] - STW3.
PAGE 556
Description Function diagram Data type Scaling PROFIdrive send telegram ...
PAGE 557
Fig. 2-28 Signal <1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.
PAGE 558
Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> 2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 559
Fig. 2-30 Signal <1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal status word [Function diagram] signal source Inverted ZSW3.0 1 = DC brake active 0 = DC brake not active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.3 1 = I_act >= p2170 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.4 1 = |n_act| > p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.5 1 = |n_act| <= p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.
PAGE 560
<5> PZD receive word 1 <6> r2060 [0] r2050 [0] r2050 [1] r2060 [1] © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2468 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 Data Trailer PZD recv word r2091.0 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD recv DW r2050 [2] r2060 [2] r2090.15 PZD recv DW PZD receive word 2 PROFIdrive receive telegram r2090.0 <6> r2092.
PAGE 561
Fig.
PAGE 562
Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2472 – Status words, free interconnection Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 0 [15] (0.0) 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) (0.
PAGE 563
Function diagrams Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus) 2.
PAGE 564
Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 Fieldbus configuration t Field bus baud 4 ... 13 p2020 (8) Field bus address 0 ... 247 p2021 (0) Field bus USS PZD 0 ... 8 p2022 (2) F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" No telegrams from the master USS configuration Field bus protocol 0 ... 2 p2030 (0) Field bus USS PKW 0 ... 127 p2023 (127) 1 Telegrams to the master 0 2 Field bus baud 4 ... 13 p2020 (8) Field bus address 0 ... 247 p2021 (0) Modbus configuration Fieldbus times 0 ...
PAGE 565
Fig. 2-35 Signal Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 566
[Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <1> 9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 567
r2090.0 Fig. 2-37 <2> r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 PZD recv word r2091.0 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 Fieldbus r2050 [2] PZD receive word 3 r2050[3] PZD receive word 4 PZD receive word 5 PZD recv word r2050 [4] PZD receive word 6 PZD recv word r2050 [5] PZD receive word 7 PZD recv word r2050 [6] PZD receive word 8 PZD recv word r2050 [7] PZD receive word 9 PZD recv word r2050[8] PZD receive word 10 PZD recv word r2050 [9] Receive telegram r2092.
PAGE 568
PZD send word p2051[0] <1> PZD send word p2051[1] PZD send word p2051[2] PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word ...
PAGE 569
Fig. 2-39 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 0 [15] (0.0) 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 1 0 1 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [1] (0.0) 0 [15] 1 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [4].
PAGE 570
Function diagrams Internal control/status words 2.
PAGE 571
Fig.
PAGE 572
PROFIdrive-Bit © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2501 – Control word, sequence control OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) <2> <3> ON / OFF (OFF1) <3> OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) p0840 [C] (722.
PAGE 573
Fig. 2-42 2503 – Status word, sequence control © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PROFIdrive-Bit Bit No. Status word sequence control (r0899) From the control unit 0 1 = Ready for switching on r0899.0 From the control unit 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From the control unit 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2 From the control unit 3 1 = Jog active r0899.
PAGE 574
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2505 – Control word, setpoint channel n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1021 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 2 p1022 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 3 p1023 [C] Inhib neg dir Inhib pos dir Setp inv Mop raise Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) p1020 [C] (0) 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.
PAGE 575
Fig. 2-44 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 ZSW 1 Bit No. ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.7 ZSW monitor 1 [2503.
PAGE 576
Bit No. [7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.7] r1199 r1199.2 RFG ZSW [7958.7] r2349 r2349.10 Tec_ctrl status [7958.7] r2349 r2349.
PAGE 577
Fig. 2-46 2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (1) STW 1 ON / OFF (OFF1) OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) Operation enable OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) RFG enable Continue RFG 1. Acknowledge p2103 [C] (722.2) Setpoint enable p0840 [C] (722.0) Jog bit 0 3.
PAGE 578
Bit No. [2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198 .2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.11 DCBRK ZSW [2520.7] r1406 r1406.11 STW n_ctrl [2520.7] r1406 r1406.12 STW n_ctrl [2546.7] r2138 r2138.13 STW fault/alarm [8560.7] r0836 r0836.
PAGE 579
Fig. 2-48 2520 – Control word, speed controller © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Bit No. n_ctrl integ stop n_ctrl integ set Control word, speed controller (r1406) 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved (0) 4 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.4 To the speed controller [6040.4] (0) 5 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.5 To the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 580
2522 – Status word, speed controller © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 1 = Torque limit reached (without pre-control) 2 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 To speed setpoint, droop [6030.5] To torque setpoint [6060.3] 3 1 = Closed-loop speed control active r1407.3 4 Reserved From the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 581
Fig. 2-50 2526 – Status word, closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Bit No. ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Status word closed-loop control (r0056) 0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulses enabled r0056.2 3 1 = Soft starting available 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.
PAGE 582
[6714.8] [6730.3] [8012.7] 1 2 Internal control/status words Status word, current control r2198 r2198.7 ZSW monitor 2 3 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 Status word closed-loop current control (r1408) 0 1 = Closed-loop current control active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Voltage limitation 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 1 = Speed adaption limitation 11 Reserved 12 1 = Motor stalled r1408.
PAGE 583
Fig. 2-52 2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Bit No. ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) From extended signals [8020.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.2 From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 584
2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 From extended signals [8021.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 5 r2198.0 From extended signals [8021.8] 1 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 r2198.1 From extended signals [8021.8] 2 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 6 r2198.2 From extended signals [8021.8] 3 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 6 r2198.3 From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 585
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-54 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Bit No. ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 586
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2. Acknowledge p2104 [C] (0) <1> Pulse generator Ext fault 3 enab p3111 [C] (1) <1> Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) <1> External fault 3 p2108 [C] (1) <1> 0 Ext fault 3 t_on 0 ... 1000 [ms] p3110 (0) T Ext flt 3 enab neg p3112 [C] (0) <1> 0 To fault buffer [8060.
PAGE 587
Fig. 2-56 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Bit No. From the fault buffer [8060.6] From the alarm buffer [8065.4] ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 r2139 Status word, faults/alarms 1 0 1 = Acknowledgement running 1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Fault present 4 5 Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.
PAGE 588
1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4 ... Reserved 10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.10 11 1 = Ramp-function generator start missing r0046.11 12 1 = Setpoint enable missing r0046.12 ... Reserved 16 1 = OFF1 enable internal missing r0046.16 17 1 = OFF2 enable internal missing r0046.
PAGE 589
Function diagrams Brake control 2.
PAGE 590
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2701 – Simple brake control n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] unsmoothed 1 T 0 RESET (Q=0) Q SET (Q=1) Q 1 0 Close "normal" brake [2814.2] & <5> n_standst t_monit 0.000 ... 300.000 [s] p1227 (300.000) n_standst n_thresh 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p1226 [D] (20.00) [6030.2] n_set before filt. [1/min] r0060 1 T Close brake RESET (Q=0) Q ZSW seq_ctrl <9> r0899 [2503.3] r0899.
PAGE 591
Function diagrams Safety Integrated Basic Functions 2.
PAGE 592
Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 SI password inp p9761 SI Mtn setp CRC P1 p9729 <2> SI act chksm P1 r9798 <1> SI setp_chksm P1 p9799 <1> = Safety parameterizing enable Enter password & & = x SI password new p9762 Safety parameters can be changed.
PAGE 593
Fig. 2-60 2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 [2810.1] STO-Klemme P1 (r0722.4) Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle SI version Drv P1 r9770 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms] r9780 F01611 F30611 1 = Faults with response "NONE" Safety monitoring functions STOP F [2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5) SI status P1 r9772 [2804.2] r9772.15 Faults/alarms P1: F/A01600 ...
PAGE 594
Status (Processor 1) Status word Safety Integrated Processor2 Bit No. SI Status P2 r9872 r9872 Status (Processor 2) Status word Safety Integrated Processor 1 and Processor 2 Bit No. Status (Processor 1 + Processor 2) 2804 – Status words [2810.4] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 1 [2810.4] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 2 & 0 1 = STO selected in drive [2810.7] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 1 [2810.6] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 2 & 1 1 = STO active in drive ...
PAGE 595
Processor 1 CU DI status (X09/1) r0722 r0722.4 2810 – STO: Safe Torque Off Enable STO via terminals (P1) 1 r9772.0 1 = STOP A [2802.8] 1 1 r9772.7 & 1 = STO cause: selection PROFIsafe r9772.20 [2804.1] 1 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (p9601 0) PROFIsafe enabled for dbSI0 (p9801.2 = 0 and p9801.3 = 1) (P2) 1 = STOP A [2802.8] & 1 = STO cause: selection PROFIsafe r9872.20 [2804.4] [2802.2] [2804.
PAGE 596
2812 – F-DI: Fail-safe digital input © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 SI STO t_debou P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9651 (1.00) +24V OUT T =1 Kl. 16 DI4 Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 17 DI5 Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 28 0 [2810.4] & F-DI0 GND SI STO t_debou P2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [µs] p9851 (0.00) F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input 1 2 Safety Integrated Basic Functions F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) 3 4 5 6 fp_2812_97_66.vsd 12.12.
PAGE 597
Function diagrams Safety Integrated Extended Functions 2.11 Safety Integrated Extended Functions Function diagrams 2819 – SS1: Safe Stop 1, internal STOP A, B, F 2-598 2820 – SLS: Safely-Limited Speed 2-599 2823 – SSM (Safe Speed Monitor) 2-600 2824 – SDI (Safe Direction) 2-601 2840 – PROFIsafe control and status word 2-602 2850 – Fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI 0 ... F-DI 2) 2-603 2855 – F-DI assignment 2-604 2858 – Extended Functions via PROFIsafe (9601.2 = 1 and 9601.
PAGE 598
Actual value speed < p9360/p9560 <1> STO deselection [2855.4] r9720.0 <2> [2858.3] & SI Mtn integ stat r9722 [2840.5] r9722.1 STO active SI Mtn IL t_del P1 0.00 ... 3600000.00 [ms] p9556 (600000.00) STOP B active r9721.12 <1> SS1 deselection [2855.4] r9720.1 <2> [2858.3] STOP F T STO initiate [2804.1] [2804.3] [2810.4] 0 SI Mtn IL t_del P2 0.00 ... 3600000000.00 [µs] p9356 (600000000.00) STO selection because of missing actual value (pulse suppression) STO cause: actual value missing [2804.
PAGE 599
Fig. 2-65 2820 – SLS: Safely-Limited Speed SI Mtn integ STW <3 r9720 SLS deselection [2855.3] r9720.4 <4> [2858.3] SI Mtn rp t_del P2 10000.00 ... 99000000.00 [µs] p9382 (250000.00) SI Mtn ramp ref P1 SI Mtn ramp ref P2 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [1/min] 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [1/min] p9581 (1500.0000) p9381 (1500.0000) <2> T 1 <2> 0 Safe brake-ramp monitoring <2> <1> SI Mtn SLS t P1 0.00 ... 600000.00 [ms] p9551 (100.00) SI Mtn integ diag r9723 r9723.16 1 = SAM/SBR active SI Mtn SLS t P2 0.00 .
PAGE 600
SI Mtn enable P2 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 - ... 0.00 ... 100000.00 [1/min] p9301.16 (0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin)bin) p9546 (20.00) (0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [1/min] p9346 (20.00) SI Mtn SSM filt P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9545 (0.00) SI Mtn integ stat 1 SI Mtn diag v P1 [1/min] r9714 [0] r9722 r9722.15 1 0 [2840.5] 1 = SSM (Speed below limit value) 0 SI Mtn SSM filt P2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [µs] p9345 (0.00) SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 0.0010 ...
PAGE 601
Fig. 2-67 2824 – SDI (Safe Direction) SI Mtn enable P2 - ... p9301.17 (0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin)bin) (0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SI Mtn SDI tol P1 0.001 ... 360.000 [°] p9564 (12.000) SI Mtn integ STW r9720 r9720.12 SI Mtn setp_lim [1/min] r9733[0..2] <1> 0 = SDI positive selected [2840.1] SI Mtn SDI t P1 0.00 ... 600000.00 [ms] p9565 (100.00) 1 1 0 SI Mtn integ stat T 0 = SDI negative selected [2840.1] r9722 r9722 .12 1 = SDI positive active [2840.
PAGE 602
<1> [2855.3] <2> [2858.3] <1> [2855.3] <1> [2855.3] <2> [2858.3] <1> [2855.3] <2> [2858.3] <2> [2858.3] <2> [2858.3] <1> [2855.3] <2> [2858.3] <1> [2855.3] <2> [2858.3] SI Mtn integ stat r9722 r9722 Bit No. Status word 1 = STO deselection <1> [2855.5] <2> [2858.6] 0 1 = STO active 1 1 = SS1 deselection <1> [2855.5] <2> [2858.
PAGE 603
Fig. 2-69 2850 – Fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI 0 ... F-DI 2) SI DI t_debounceP1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p10017 (1.00) +24V OUT Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 6 F-DI 0 DI 1 SI DI status P1 r10051 r10051.0 SI DI t_debounceP1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p10017 (1.00) DI 2 Kl. 8 F-DI 1 DI 3 F-DI 2 DI 5 Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 28 GND T =1 0 C01770 “Discrepancy error“ SI DI status P2 r10151 r10151.1 SI discrp t_mon P1 SI discr t_mon P2 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] p10002 (500.00) p10102 (500.
PAGE 604
SI Motion Statically active [2850.8] [2850.8] [2850.8] SI Mtn integ stat STO active r9722 r9722.0 F-DI 0 F-DI 1 Statically inactive SI STO F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10122 (0) SI SS1 F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10123 (0) SI SLS F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10126 (0) SI SDI pos F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10130 (0) SI SDI neg F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10131 (0) SI ackn int evt P2 0 ... 255 p10106 (0) [2819.7] SI Mtn integ STW Deselection STO r9720 r9720.0 F-DI 2 SI STO F-DI P1 0 ... 255 p10022 (0) SI SS1 F-DI P1 0 ...
PAGE 605
Fig. 2-71 STO active r9722.0 [2819.7] Deselection STO SS1 active r9722.1 r9720.0 [2819.1] [2819.7] Deselection SS1 r9720.1 [2819.1] SLS active r9722.4 [2820.7] Internal event PROFIsafe Communication via PROFIBUS/ PROFINET Deselection SLS r9720.4 [2820.1] r9722.7 Safe motion monitoring functions [2840.5] Active SLS stage, bit 0 PROFIsafe Communication via PROFIBUS/ PROFINET r9722.9 Acknowledgement r9720.7 Active SLS stage, bit 1 [2840.4] r9722.10 Select SLS bit 0 r9720.9 [2820.
PAGE 606
Function diagrams Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 2.
PAGE 607
Fig. 2-72 Interconnection is made according to 2915 – Standard telegrams © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Ps telegram_sel p60022 Telegram 30 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 3 4 5 6 fp_2915_97_63.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 608
Interconnection is made according to © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2917 – Manufacturer-specific telegrams Telegram PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD30 PZD31 PZD32 900 S_STW1 S_STW5 S_ZSW1 S_ZSW5 1 2 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Manufacturer-specific telegrams 3 4 5 6 fp_2917_97_58.
PAGE 609
Function diagrams Setpoint channel 2.
PAGE 610
STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .9 0 0 + p1071 + 0 1 Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 n_set_1 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1059 [D] (-150.
PAGE 611
Fig. 2-75 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 STW setpoint chan p1020 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.0 STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan p1022 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 0 0 0 1 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.000) 0 0 1 0 n_set_fixed 3 -210000.000 ... 210000.
PAGE 612
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 STW setpoint chan p1022 n_setp_fix status r1025 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0001 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.
PAGE 613
Data save active Fig. 2-77 Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active 1 Mop configuration - ... p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Initial rounding-off active 2 Save in NVRAM active 3 3020 – Motorized potentiometer © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 0 Ramp-function generator is always active 4 Mop raise p1035 [C] (0) Mop lower p1036 [C] (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198.
PAGE 614
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging [2501.2] Setpoint from external OP or operating tool STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .9 p1056 Main setpoint p1070 [C] (755[0]) Main setpoint eff [1/min] r1073 Total setpoint eff [1/min] 1 <4> r1078 0 0 0 + 0 + Main setp scal p1071 [C] (1) Total setp p1109 [C] (0) <3> 1 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.
PAGE 615
Fig. 2-79 3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 STW setpoint chan p1113 r1198 [2505.2] r1198 .11 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.5 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198 .6 p1110 1 = Direction reversal 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation n_limit setp 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1063 [D] (210000.000) [3030.
PAGE 616
-1 -1 n_limit pos eff [1/min] r1084 Min [6030.1] [6640.5] [8010.2] 0 -1 n_max <2> 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1082 [D] (1500.000) y w n_min 0.000 ... 19500.000 [1/min] p1080 [D] (0.000) Reference value for the rampfunction generator n_limit RFG pos p1051 [C] (1083[0]) w Maximum limiting active [3080.4] 1 0 -1 n_set aft min_lim [1/min] r1112 w Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 [3040.8] [3020.6] [3060.4] [3070.4] RFG setp at inp [1/min] r1119 [3020.6] [3060.4] [3070.
PAGE 617
Fig. 2-81 3060 – Basic ramp-function generator © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 RFG ramp-up time 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) RFG ramp-down time 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) <4> Down ramp scaling p1139 [C] (1) Up ramp scaling p1138 [C] (1) [2634.8] 0 = Internal fast stop OFF3 t_RD 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] p1135 [D] (0.000) 0 1 0 STW setpoint chan <3> p1122 r1198 [2505.7] r1198.
PAGE 618
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator Up ramp scaling p1138 [C] (1) 1 = Enable speed setpoint STW seq_ctrl p1142 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .6 0 0 0 [3080.8] 1 0 1 0 0 1 Freeze ramp-function generator y 1 0 1 Ramp flattening-off 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] r1119 1 IR x Tup p1082 1 0 0 STW seq_ctrl <1> p1141 r0898 0 = Freeze ramp[2501.7] r0898 .5 function generator [2634.
PAGE 619
Fig. 2-83 r0898 r0898.6 Ramp-function generator enable r0898.4 STW seq_ctrl n_ctrl n_set 1 p1155 [C] (0) <2> <3> Ramp-function generator selection 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 [2501.7] n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] (0) <2> [2501.7] 1 1 0 0 0 + 0 x,y T1 x x y y n_ctrl n_set 1/2 [1/min] r1169 <5> + t Interpolator + RFG selection p1115 [3060.
PAGE 620
Function diagrams Vector control 2.
PAGE 621
Fig. 2-84 6030 – Speed setpoint, droop © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Droop input source 0 ... 3 p1488 [D] (0) n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm] [6040.8] r1482 M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1508 3 Droop M_comp scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1487 [D] (100.0) Droop M_comp p1486 [C] <2> (0) Droop input <1> Droop scaling 0.000 ... 0.500 p1489 [D] (0.050) 2 [6060.5] 1 M_set [Nm] [6060.
PAGE 622
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation 1 Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] 0 n_C n_act T_s SLVC 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.
PAGE 623
Fig. 2-86 n_ctrl SLVC Tn 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic Tn_n_adapt From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] 6040 – Speed controller © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 n_ctrl SLVC Kp 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1470 [D] (0.300) Tn_n_basic Kp_n_adapt [6490.7] n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active p1400.5 n_ctrl config p1400.0 [6490.
PAGE 624
[6490.7] Adapt_factor upper 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1459 [D] (100.0) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 6050 – Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation n_ctr adapt_sig Kp p1455 [C] (0) Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) y 1 0 x 1 Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) x n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) n_ctrl AdaptKp up <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1457 [D] (0.
PAGE 625
Fig. 2-88 6060 – Torque setpoint © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 M_suppl 1 p1511 [C] (0) <5> 0 + M_suppl 1 scal p1512 [C] (0) + M_suppl 2 scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1514 [D] (100.0) STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898.8 M_suppl 2 p1513 [C] (0) [6031.8] [6490.7] Calculated accelerating torque M_suppl total [Nm] r1515 1 p1400.
PAGE 626
Vdc_max (Vector control) <1> Vdc_ctr config vec 0 ... 3 p1240 [D] (1) <2> Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl Kp 0.00 ... 100.00 p1250 [D] (1.00) Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1252 [D] (0) 0 1,3 + – 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1243 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ... 1 p1254 (0) <2> Vdc_ctrl output [Aeff] r1258 Vdc controller 1 active [6710.2] Iq_max V_connect 1 ...
PAGE 627
Linear Fig. 2-90 6300 – V/f characteristic and voltage boost © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 ECO Mode Mot f_rated 0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz] p0310 [D] (0.00) U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ...
PAGE 628
U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) f_res damp – Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) [1690.7] + Brake f_start -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] p1351 [D] (0.00) Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 Brake f_start p1352 [C] (1351[0]) <2> Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.00) [6714.8] Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [D] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 Slip compensation [6730.
PAGE 629
Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1292 [D] (10) Vdc_min outp_lim 0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz] p1293 [D] (600.00) <1> 0 1,3 + – 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level 0 Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1283 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ... 1 p1294 (0) Vdc_ctrl output [1/min] r1298 V_connect 1 ... 63000 [V] p0210 (400) 0 [1690] Vdc_min (U/f control) (only for PM240) Vdc_min on_level 65 ...
PAGE 630
Bit No. 6490 – Speed control configuration © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 1 2 Vector control Speed control configuration Factory setting Meaning 00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 01 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component 0 [6040.3] 02 Reserved 03 Reserved 04 Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 06 1 = Free Tn adaptation active 0 [6050.
PAGE 631
Fig. 2-94 Flux control, configuration Bit No. 6491 – Flux control configuration © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Flux ctrl config - ... p1401 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Meaning 00 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active 0 [6722.3] 01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.
PAGE 632
M_max upper p1522 [C] (1520[0]) M_max upper -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p1520 [D] (0.00) 1 n M_max up w/o offs [Nm] r1526 [6640.1] M 2 ! <1> M_max upper scal p1528 [C] (1524[0]) M_max up/mot scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) Lower torque limit M_max lower p1523 [C] (1521[0]) M_max lower -20000000.00 ... 1000000.00 [Nm] p1521 [D] (0.00) M n 3 <1> <2> 4 ! M_max low w/o offs [Nm] r1527 [6640.1] M_max lower scal p1529 [C] (1525[0]) M_max lower scal -2000.0 ... 2000.
PAGE 633
Fig. 2-96 6640 – Current/power/torque limits © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Current limiting Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] U_output max [Veff] r0071 Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Iq stall calculation Current limit 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] p0640 [D] (0.00) I_max reduction [8016.8] Min + r1407.17 [3050.
PAGE 634
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 6710 – Current setpoint filter [6220.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.7 Iq_max 1 1 [6640.8] 0 0 Isq_max [Aeff] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.15 [2526.6] 0 Iq_min 1 [6220.8] 1 [6640.8] 0 Isq_min [Aeff] r1537 M_set [Nm] r0079 [6060.8] M [6721.1] Iq [6730.1] [6732.
PAGE 635
Fig. 2-98 6714 – Iq and Id controllers © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Transv_decpl scal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1726 [D] (75.0) Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] TrnsvDecplVmaxScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1727 [D] (50.0) <2> U_quad_decoupl [Veff] r1729 Flux setp total [%] <1> [6723.1] r1598 <2> [6724.1] Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_dir-axis_decoupl [Veff] r1728 Isd_ctrl I_limit [Veff] r1725 Isd_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ...
PAGE 636
from the model control From Id_field weakening © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 6721 – Id setpoint (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] p0327 [D] (90.0) [6714] Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 Id_setp total [Aeff] r1624 0 MIN [6714] Id_inject To current controller 1 Load angle correction Id_set Iabs 2 Iq 2 M Iq (r1407.2) [6640.5] [6710.2] [6799.7] 0 = M-Ctrl Mot kT_reluctance -1000.00 ... 1000.
PAGE 637
Fig. 2-100 6722 – Field weakening characteristic, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Field weak T_smth 0 ... 20000 [ms] p1584 [D] (0) U_output max [Veff] r0071 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) [6640.1] Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 y [2526.2] n_act [1/min] [6730.1] r0063 [0] Flux ctrl config p1401.
PAGE 638
Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_max 1 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.0 [Veff] p1574 [D] (2.0) <1> Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) [6640.1] 0 – Vdc act val [V] r0070 + [6730.1] + Field_ctrl outp [%] r1597 – -200 % Flux ctrl config p1401.1 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active Flux ctrl config p1401.
PAGE 639
Fig. 2-102 6724 – Field weakening controller (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Drv filt type mot 0 ... 4 p0230 (0) Pulse freq setp 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 19 p1802 [D] (10) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_max 1 U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_reserve dyn Modulat_depth max [%] 0.0 ... 150.
PAGE 640
Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) [6799.1] 2 [1690.8] [6714.8] U_set Pulse enable HW Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6799.1] U U_angle f_Slip r0065 Current model [1710.5] Precontrol speed [6030.8] Vibration damping + n_act [1/min] r0063[0..
PAGE 641
Fig. 2-104 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Control Unit [6724.1] [6799.1] Power Module Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 Modulat_depth [%] [6799.1] r0074 [6799.1] 2 U_set [6714.8] [6714.8] Pulse enable HW U U_angle Current model Precontrol speed n_act [1/min] [6030.
PAGE 642
100 ms n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] n_act smooth [1/min] r0021 6799 – Display signals 100 ms Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6714.8] Id_act [Aeff] r0076 [6714.8] Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 100 ms Mod_depth smth [%] r0028 300 ms Id_act smooth [Aeff] r0029 300 ms Iq_act smooth [Aeff] r0030 Disp_val T_smooth p0045 n_act [1/min] r0063[1] <1> [6730.1] M <2> [6721.8] Iq [6730.4] [6731.
PAGE 643
Function diagrams Free function blocks 2.
PAGE 644
7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 2 3 4 5 6 r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms Logic function blocks AND, OR, XOR, NOT X X X X X X Arithmetic function blocks ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI - - - - X X Time function blocks MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST - - - - X X Memory function block
PAGE 645
Fig. 2-107 7210 – AND (AND function blocks with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) AND 0 inputs p20030 [0] [1] [2] [3] I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 646
OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20052 (9999) OR 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20060 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 3 inputs p20058 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 output Q r20051 I0 I1 I2 I3 OR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 647
Fig. 2-109 7214 – XOR (XOR function blocks with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) XOR 0 inputs p20062 [0] [1] [2] [3] I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 648
NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20302 (9999) 1 Q NOT 4 input I p20300 (0) NOT 1 inv output r20083 I 1 NOT 4 inv output r20301 Q NOT 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20085 (170) NOT 4 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 649
Fig. 2-111 7220 – ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 ADD 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) ADD 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 SUB 0 + ADD 0 output Y r20095 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 650
DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20121 (9999) MUL 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 651
Fig. 2-113 7224 – AVA (absolute value generator) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) Y X SN AVA 0 output Y r20129 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 652
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 7225 – NCM (numeric comparator) NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL r20319 NCM 1 output QU r20320 NCM 1 output QE r20321 NCM 1 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 653
Fig. 2-115 7226 – PLI (polyline scaling) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PLI 0 PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) A18/B18 Y A19/B19 PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.
PAGE 654
MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20355 (0.00) T I Q MFP 0 output Q r20140 MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20354 (0) T I T Q MFP 2 output Q r20356 PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 (0) T I Q MFP 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20358 (950) PCL 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20152 (400) MFP 1 MFP 3 PCL 1 MFP 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20144 (0.00) MFP 3 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20362 (9999) MFP 3 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.
PAGE 655
Fig. 2-117 7232 – PDE (ON delay) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PDE 0 PDE 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20161 (9999) PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T Q PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 T I PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) I PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.
PAGE 656
PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T Q PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 0 I T © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20348 (920) PDF 1 PDF 3 PDF 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20176 (9999) PDF 1 t_ext ms 0.
PAGE 657
Fig. 2-119 PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) 7234 – PST (pulse stretcher) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PST 0 PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 658
DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20192 (520) RSR 1 inputs p20193 Set [0] Reset [1] DFR 1 inputs p20203 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 1 output Q r20194 RSR 1 inv outp QN r20195 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 659
Fig. 2-121 BSW 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20211 (9999) BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] NSW 0 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 I1 Q 1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 1 I0 0 Q 1 NSW 0 output Y r20220 I NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 (0) BSW 1 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20217 (590) I1 Y 1 BSW 1 BSW 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20216 (9999) NSW 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 660
7260 – LIM (limiter) LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 661
Fig. 2-123 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 662
INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (derivative-action element) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] TI X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) S INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20258 (0.
PAGE 663
Fig. 2-125 7270 – LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) L M LVM 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 664
Function diagrams Technology functions 2.
PAGE 665
<1> <2> Fig. 2-126 7017 – DC braking (p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Current actual values I_act abs val [Aeff] [6714] r0068[0..1] Mot t_de-excitat. DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) p1234 [D] (210000.00) n_act n_set DCBRK config 0 ...
PAGE 666
Function diagrams Technology controller 2.
PAGE 667
Fig. 2-127 7950 – Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 20 0 ... 15 0000 Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.
PAGE 668
(0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) (0) Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.00) 0100 Tec_ctr fix val 4 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2204 [D] (40.
PAGE 669
Fig. 2-129 0 Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 0 1 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly. Non-volatile data save not activated The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.
PAGE 670
1 + + (0) Tec_reg Kp 0.000...1000.000 p2280 (1.000) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 1 Tech_ctrl act inv 0 ... 1 p2271 (0) Tec_ctrl u_lim act -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2267 (100.00) Tec_ctrl act T 0.000 ... 60.000 [s] p2265 (0.000) Tech_ctrl gain act 0.00 ... 500.00 [%] p2269 (100.00) <1> <7> Tec_ctr ActVal fct 0 ... 3 p2270 (0) Tec_ctr act aftFlt [%] r2266 Tec_ctrl status r2349 r2349.10 r2349.
PAGE 671
Function diagrams Signals and monitoring functions 2.
PAGE 672
n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [0] [8012] 8005 – Overview n_max n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 [3080] n_ctrl n_set [1/min] r1438 [6031] © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 [8011] Speed messages 2 [8010] Speed messages 1 M_act [Nm] r0080 [0] M_set [Nm] r0079 [6714] [6060] Limit value monitor M_max upper eff [Nm] r1538 n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [6640] [8010] [8013] load monitoring M_max lower eff [Nm] r1539 [664
PAGE 673
Fig. 2-132 F07901 "motor overspeed" n_limit neg eff [1/min] 8010 – Speed signals 1 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 From setpoint limiting n_limit pos eff [1/min] r1084 [3050.8] r1087 n_act [1/min] r0063 [1] 0 n [6799.4] n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] [6730.1] [6731.1] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act_filt T 0 ...
PAGE 674
8011 – Speed signals 2 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act >= 0 1 0 <1> 0 n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 <1> ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .4 [2536.3] 0 |n_set| < p2161 t_del_off n_i=n_so 0.
PAGE 675
0 1 T Ramp-function generator operating 8012 – Torque signals, motor locked/stalled Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .10 1 0 & ZSW n_ctrl 0 [2522.7] Mot lock n_thresh n_act smth message [1/min] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2175 [D] (120.00) r2169 [8010.2] 1 [6060.8] Mot lock t_del p2177 1 20 r1407 r1407 .7 M_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2174 [D] (5.
PAGE 676
p2149.1 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] M [Nm] 0 8013 – Load monitoring M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Load monit config Load monit resp 0 ... 3 0 ... 6 p2193 [D] (1) Load monit t_del p2181 [D] (0) 0.00 ... 65.00 [s] p2192 [D] (10.00) Tolerance bandwidth r2198 r2198 .11 0 0 1 M_thresh 2 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2187 [D] (10000000.
PAGE 677
Fig. 2-136 Thermal monitoring for the power module Maximum power module temperature T_max heatsink 1 1 = Fault thermal overload in power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.
PAGE 678
Mot temp response p0610 1 Mot_temp_sens type 0 ... 4 p0601 [D] (0) [8017.8] of motor temperature model 2 Mod 2/KTY A thresh p0604 1650 <4> Sensor type 0 = No sensor 1 = PTC alarm and time 2 = KTY84 4 = Bimetal NC contact alarm with time step KTY Mod 2/KTY t_timer p0606 with p0610 = 0 KTY sensor type (threshold not applicable for PTC) T <3> 1 [8017.
PAGE 679
Fig. 2-138 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) p0612.0 (0) I2t F thresh p0615 <5> I_act abs val [Aeff] r0068 [0] 8017 – Thermal motor models © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Mot temp response p0610 Mot I_standstill <3> p0318 1 model [8016.6] 0 Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) (for synchronous motor only) not smoothed Mod 1/2 threshold p0605 <4> I2t mot_mod T p0611 1 <1> Mot temp [°C] [8016.
PAGE 680
ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.0 1 0 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 8020 – Monitoring functions 1 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 1 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.2 [2511.6] + 1 – 0 0 1 n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.6 [2511.6] -1 n_act [1/min] r0063 1 0 1 0 Vdc thresh val p2172 Vdc act val [V] [6730.1] r0070 [6731.
PAGE 681
Fig. 2-140 Del compar n_5 p2158 1 n_act smth message [1/min] [8010.2] r2169 0 T 0 8021 – Monitoring functions 2 © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 1 0 0 n_thresh val 6 p2159 T 1 T 0 0 n_thresh val 6 p2159 1 T 0 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.3 |n_act| > p2159 M_thrsh comp T_del p2176 1 T ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.
PAGE 682
Function diagrams Faults and alarms 2.
PAGE 683
Fig. 2-141 8050 – Overview © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Fxxxxx r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 III III Code Value coming going Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 III III Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going III Fyyyyy Fzzzzz faults t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx Alarm counter 0 ...
PAGE 684
8060 – Fault buffer t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) 32 bit counter, free running 0 = "No fault present" <2> Fault code Fault value Fault time "received" Fault time "removed" Fault 1 r0945[0] r0949[0] [I32] r2133[0] [Float] r0948[0] [ms] r2130[0] [d] r2109[0] [ms] r2136[0] [d] Fault 2 r0945[1] r0949[1] [I32] r2133[1] [Float] r0948[1] [ms] r2130[1] [d] r2109[1] [ms] r2136[1] [d] Fault times III [8065.
PAGE 685
Fig. 2-143 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] 8065 – Alarm buffer © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Actual alarm code r2132 Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "received" Alarm time "removed" Alarm times STW fault/alarm r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 686
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] 15. Fault/alarm code Trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.
PAGE 687
Fig. 2-145 8075 – Fault/alarm configuration © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Changing the fault response for maximum 20 faults <1> F_no F response 0 ... 65535 p2100 (0) Changing the message type - fault <==> alarm for maximum 20 faults/alarms <1> Fault response 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) Msg_no Msg_type 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response 0 = NONE [0] [1] 1.
PAGE 688
Function diagrams Data sets 2.
PAGE 689
Fig. 2-146 8550 – Data set overview © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 CDS - Command Data Sets 0 31 CDS selected r0836 r0836 STW CDS selection [8560] DDS - Drive Data Sets 0 31 DDS selected r0837 r0837 STW DDS selection [8565] 2 3 4 5 6 fp_8550_97_54.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 690
© Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 r0836 .0 r0836.1 t CDS select bit 0 p0810 (0) CDS count 2 ...
PAGE 691
Fig. 2-148 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 Copy DDS, target p0819[1] (1) Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) DDS select bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.
PAGE 693
Faults and alarms 3 Contents 3.1 Overview of faults and alarms 3-694 3.
PAGE 694
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1 Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.1 General Display of faults/alarms (messages) If a fault occurs, the drive indicates the fault and/or alarm. For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available: • Display via the fault and alarm buffer with PROFIBUS/PROFINET • Display online via the commissioning software • Display and operating unit (e.g.
PAGE 695
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Fault reactions The following fault reactions are defined: Table 3-2 Fault reactions List NONE PROFIdrive - Reaction None Description No reaction when a fault occurs. Note: With the "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies: When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
PAGE 696
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Table 3-2 Fault reactions, continued List OFF3 PROFIdrive QUICK STOP Reaction Description Brake along the Speed control (p1300 = 20, 21) OFF3 down ramp • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along followed by pulse the OFF3 down ramp (p1135). inhibit • When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the brake application time (p1217) expires.
PAGE 697
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Acknowledging faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been remedied. Table 3-3 Acknowledgement of faults Acknowledgement POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON process (switch drive unit off and on again). Note: If this action has not eliminated the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power-up.
PAGE 698
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The information listed below is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain: Some of the information is optional. The list of faults and alarms (See Section 3.
PAGE 699
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Note: You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters. References: /BA6/ SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions Frequency Converter with CU240B/E-2 Control Units, Section "Alarms, faults, and system messages" The list of faults and alarms (see Section 3.2) provides information in relation to the properties of a message that have been set as standard.
PAGE 700
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Cause: Describes the possible causes of the fault/alarm. A fault or alarm value can also be specified (optional). Fault value (r0949, format): The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949[0...63] and specifies additional, more precise information about a fault. Alarm value (r2124, format): The alarm value specifies additional, more precise information about an alarm. The alarm value is entered in the alarm buffer in r2124[0...
PAGE 701
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms Note: The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family. The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in Section 3.2.
PAGE 702
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Tabelle 3-4 3-702 Number ranges of faults and alarms, continued From To Range 35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 36000 36999 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module 37000 37999 HF Damping Module 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 (CX32) 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL 50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD) 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (DC control) © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserve
PAGE 703
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 3.2 List of faults and alarms Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4601800, Language: eng Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2_DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2_DP, CU240E-2_DP_F, CU240E-2_F, CU240E-2_PN_F, CU240E-2 PN F01000 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
PAGE 704
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms N01004 (F, A) Internal software error Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999). - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 705
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01015 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 706
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). After switching on, the module reboots from the valid parameterization (if available). - restore the valid parameterization. Examples: a) Carry out a first commissioning, save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). b) Load another valid parameter backup (e.g. from the memory card), save, carry out a POWER ON (switchoff/switch-on).
PAGE 707
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01030 Sign-of-life failure for master control Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For active PC master control, no sign-of-life was received within the monitoring time. The master control was returned to the active BICO interconnection. Remedy: Set the monitoring time higher at the PC or, if required, completely disable the monitoring function.
PAGE 708
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01036 (A) ACX: Parameter back-up file missing Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When downloading the device parameterization, a parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.ACX associated with a drive object cannot be found. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file yyy = 001 ...
PAGE 709
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms b = 011 --> data save started with p0971 = 11 b = 012 --> data save started with p0971 = 12 d, c: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read only" to "writeable". - check the free memory space in the non-volatile memory. Approx. 80 kbyte of free memory space is required for every drive object in the system.
PAGE 710
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 11: Error while generating a drive object (global component). 12: Error while generating a drive object (drive component). 13: Unknown drive object type. 14: Drive status cannot be changed to "ready for operation" (r0947 and r0949). 15: Drive status cannot be changed to drive download. 16: Device status cannot be changed to "ready for operation". 18: A new download is only possible if the factory settings are restored for the drive unit.
PAGE 711
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - check the sampling times and adjust if necessary (p0115, p0799, p4099). - de-activate function modules. - de-activate drive objects. - remove drive objects from the target topology. - note the DRIVE-CLiQ topology rules and if required, change the DRIVE-CLiQ topology.
PAGE 712
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - de-activate the function module. - de-activate drive object. - remove the drive object from the target topology. A01069 Parameter backup and device incompatible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The parameter backup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match. The module boots with the factory settings. Example: Devices A and B. are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device B.
PAGE 713
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01112 CU: Power unit not permissible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The connected power unit cannot be used together with this Control Unit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Power unit is not supported (e.g. PM340). Remedy: Replace the power unit that is not permissible by a component that is permissible.
PAGE 714
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01257 CU: Firmware version out of date Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: The Control Unit firmware is too old. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): bbbbbbaa hex: aa = unsupported component aa = 01 hex = 1 dec: The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit. aa = 02 hex = 2 dec: The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit. aa = 03 hex = 3 dec: The firmware being used does not support the Power Module.
PAGE 715
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - establish the conditions for operation with a current controller sampling time of 31.25 µs (at the DRIVE-CLiQ line, only operate Motor Modules and Sensor Modules with this sampling time and only use a permitted Sensor Module (e.g. SMC20, this means a 3 at the last position of the order number)). - For an NX, the corresponding Sensor Module for a possibly existing second measuring system should be connected to a free DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the NX.
PAGE 716
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01513 (N, A) BICO: Interconnection cross DO with different scalings Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and BICO input using the reference values.
PAGE 717
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 1010: Pulses enabled although STO is selected or an internal STOP A is present. 9999: Subsequent response to fault F01611. Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again. For fault value = 9999: - carry out diagnostics for fault F01611.
PAGE 718
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Re fault value = 2000, 2001, 2003: - check the tolerance time F-DI changeover and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850). - check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems). - check the causes of the STO selection in r9772. When the SI Motion functions are active (p9501 = 1), STO can also be selected using these functions. For fault value = 6000: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 719
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms N01620 (F, A) SI P1: Safe Torque Off active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function has been selected on processor 1 using the input terminal and is active. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response. Remedy: Not necessary.
PAGE 720
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 2005: The Safety logbook has identified that a functional safety checksum has changed. An acceptance test is required. 2020: Error when saving the safety parameters for the processor 2. 9999: Subsequent response of another safety-related fault that occurred when booting that requires an acceptance test. Remedy: For fault value = 130: - carry out safety commissioning routine. For fault value = 1000: - again carry out safety commissioning routine.
PAGE 721
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: The following generally applies: - check and, if necessary, correct the PROFIBUS/PROFINET configuration of the safety slot on the master side. - upgrade the Control Unit software. For fault value = 250: - remove the PROFIsafe configuring in the higher-level F control or enable PROFIsafe in the drive. Re fault value = 231, 331: - configure the PROFIsafe telegram matching the parameterization in the F-PLC. The following applies for p9501.
PAGE 722
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 129: - activate the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 95). - adapt the PROFIsafe address (p9610). - start the copy function for SI parameters (p9700 = D0 hex). - acknowledge data change (p9701 = DC hex). - exit the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 0). - save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM"). - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit.
PAGE 723
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 26: - check whether p10049 is set. Also check p10006 and p10009. Check whether in p10046, p10047 a test top of the FDO with a read back input is parameterized. Note: STO: Safe Torque Off See also: p9501, p9601, p9761, p9801 F01660 SI P1: Safety-related functions not supported Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The Power Module does not support the safety-related functions. Safety Integrated cannot be commissioned.
PAGE 724
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. Re fault value = 200000 hex, 400000 hex, 8000yy hex (yy any): - ensure that the Control Unit is connected to the Power Module.
PAGE 725
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms xxxx = 9501: It is not permissible to enable the function "n < nx hysteresis and filtering" (p9501.16) in conjunction with the function "Extended functions without selection" (p9601.5). xxxx = 9522: The gear stage was set too high. xxxx = 9547: Parameter p9547 has been set too low. xxxx = 9585: For Safety without encoder and synchronous motor, p9585 must be set to 4. Remedy: Correct the parameter value. If xxxx = 9547: With hysteresis/filtering enabled (p9501.
PAGE 726
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01690 SI Motion: Data save problem for the NVRAM Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: There is not sufficient memory space in the NVRAM on the drive to save parameters r9781 and r9782 (safety logbook). Note: This fault does not result in a safety stop response. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: There is no physical NVRAM available in the drive. 1: There is no longer any free memory space in the NVRAM.
PAGE 727
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A01697 (F) SI Motion: Motion monitoring functions must be tested Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The time set in p9559 for the forced checking procedure of the safety motion monitoring functions has been exceeded. A new test is required. After next selecting the forced checking procedure parameterized in p9705, the message is withdrawn and the monitoring time is reset. Note: - This message does not result in a safety stop response.
PAGE 728
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - subsequent response to the message C01706 "SI Motion P1: SAM/SBR limit exceeded". - Subsequent response to the message C01714 "SI Motion P1: Safely-Limited Speed exceeded". - Subsequent response to the message C01701 "SI Motion P1: STOP B initiated". Remedy: - remove the cause of the fault on the monitoring channel of processor 2. - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01706. - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714.
PAGE 729
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms C01711 SI Motion P1: Defect in a monitoring channel Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When cross-comparing the two monitoring channels, the drive detected a difference between the input data or results of the monitoring functions and initiated a STOP F. One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions - i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.
PAGE 730
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 236: Smoothed velocity actual value - limit value nx / safety monitoring clock cycle - hysteresis tolerance. 237: SGA n < nx. 238: Speed limit value for SAM (p9568/p9368). 239: Acceleration for SBR (p9581/p9381 and p9583/p9383). 240: Inverse value of acceleration for SBR (p9581/p9381 and p9583/p9383). 241: Deceleration time for SBR (p9582/p9382). 244: Encoderless actual value sensing filter time (p9587/p9387).
PAGE 731
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Re message value = 1042: - increase the ramp-function generator ramp-up/down time (p1120/p1121). - check that the current/speed control is set correctly (torque-generating/field-generating current and actual speed value may not fluctuate). - reduce the dynamic response of the setpoint value. - increase the minimum current (p9588). Re message value = 1043: - increase the voltage tolerance (p9589).
PAGE 732
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the traversing/motion program in the control. - check the limits for "Safely-Limited Speed (SLS) and if required, adapt (p9531). This message can be acknowledged as follows: - via F-DI or PROFIsafe.
PAGE 733
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Example: For a 12 ms SI monitoring cycle and a switching frequency of 110 ms (p10017 = 0), the maximum discrepancy time which can be set is as follows: p10002 <= (110/2 ms) - 12 ms = 43 ms Rounded-off, p10002 <= 36 ms is obtained (since the discrepancy time can only be accepted as a whole SI monitoring cycle, the value will need to be rounded up or down to a whole SI monitoring cycle if the result is not an exact multiple of an SI monitoring cycle).
PAGE 734
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01910 (N, A) Fieldbus interface setpoint timeout Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The reception of setpoints from the fieldbus interface has been interrupted. - bus connection interrupted. - communication partner switched off. For PROFIBUS: - PROFIBUS master set into the STOP state.
PAGE 735
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A01953 CU SYNC: Synchronization not completed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: After the drive system was powered up, synchronization between the basic clock cycle and application clock cycle was started but was not completed within the selected time tolerance. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
PAGE 736
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified. - the specified signals are not valid. Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced. - check whether the relevant signal can be traced. A02061 Trace: Invalid signal Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: - the specified signal does not exist. - the specified signal can no longer be traced (recorded).
PAGE 737
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A02097 MTrace: multiple trace cannot be activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace: - measuring function. - long-time trace - trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE) - trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START). Remedy: - Deactivate multiple trace. - Deactivate function or setting that is not permissible.
PAGE 738
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - contact the Hotline. - replace the Control Unit. Note: OA: Open Architecture F02152 (A) OA: Insufficient memory Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc). Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 739
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A03510 (F, N) CU: Calibration data not plausible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: During booting, the calibration data for the analog inputs is read and checked with respect to plausibility. At least one calibration data point was determined to be invalid. Remedy: - power down/power up the power supply for the Control Unit. If it reoccurs, replace the module. In principle, operation could continue.
PAGE 740
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A05006 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature difference between the chip and heat sink has exceeded the permissible limit value (blocksize power units only). Depending on p0290, an appropriate overload response is initiated. See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures) Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically once the limit value is undershot.
PAGE 741
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 200: The motor temperature model 1 (I2t) signals an overtemperature (p0612.0 = 1, p0611 > 0, p0615 reached). See also: p0604, p0605, p0606, p0612, p0625, p0626, p0627, p0628 Remedy: - Reduce the motor load. - check the ambient temperature and the motor ventilation. - check the wiring and the connection of the PTC or bimetallic NC contact.
PAGE 742
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly. - check the parameterization (p0601). - induction motors: De-activate temperature sensor fault (p0607 = 0). See also: r0035 (Motor temperature), p0601 (Motor temperature sensor type), p0607 (Temperature sensor fault timer) F07080 Drive: Incorrect control parameter Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The closed-loop control parameters have been parameterized incorrectly (e.
PAGE 743
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07083 Macro: ACX file not found Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The ACX file (macro) to be executed was not able to be found in the appropriate directory. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter number with which the execution was started. See also: p0015, p1000, p1500 Remedy: - check whether the file is saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card.
PAGE 744
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07200 Drive: Master control ON command present Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The ON/OFF1 command is present (no 0 signal). The command is either influenced via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control. Remedy: Switch the signal via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0.
PAGE 745
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For p1210 = 26, the alarm after the line supply returns is also displayed if there is no fault and there is no ON command. Restarting is realized with the delayed setting of the ON command. Remedy: - the automatic restart (AR) should, if required, be inhibited (p1210 = 0). - an automatic restart can be directly interrupted by withdrawing the power-on command (BI: p0840). - for p1210 = 26: by withdrawing the OFF2- / OFF3 control commands.
PAGE 746
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07404 Drive: DC link voltage monitoring Vdc_Max Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The monitoring of the DC link voltage p1284 has responded (only U/f control). Remedy: - check the line supply voltage. - check the braking module. - adapt the device supply voltage (p0210). - adapt the DC link voltage monitoring (p1284).
PAGE 747
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - induction motor (encoderless, open-loop controlled) in I2t limiting. - power unit is too small. - the magnetizing time is too short. Remedy: - correct the motor data. Perform motor data identification and rotating measurement. - check the motor configuration. - correct the current limits (p0640). - reduce the induction motor load. - if necessary, use a larger power unit. - check motor supply cable. - check power unit. - increase p0346.
PAGE 748
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07435 (N) Drive: Setting the ramp-function generator for sensorless vector control Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: During operation with sensorless vector control (r1407.1) the ramp-function generator was stopped (p1141). An internal setting command of the ramp-function generator output caused the set setpoint speed to be frozen.
PAGE 749
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07801 Drive: Motor overcurrent Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The permissible motor limit current was exceeded. - effective current limit set too low. - current controller not correctly set. - U/f operation: Up ramp was set too short or the load is too high. - U/f operation: Short-circuit in the motor cable or ground fault. - U/f operation: Motor current does not match current of power unit.
PAGE 750
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07807 Drive: Short-circuit/ground fault detected Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A phase-phase short-circuit or ground fault was detected at the motor-side output terminals of the converter.
PAGE 751
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07852 (F) External alarm 3 Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The BICO signal for "external alarm 3" was triggered. The condition for this external alarm is fulfilled. See also: p2117 (External alarm 3) Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm. F07860 (A) External fault 1 Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The BICO signal "external fault 1" was triggered.
PAGE 752
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07902 (N, A) Drive: Motor stalled Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The system has identified that the motor has stalled for a time longer than is set in p2178. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Reserved. 2: Stall detection using r1408.12 (p1745) or via (r0084 - r0083).
PAGE 753
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07920 Drive: Torque/speed too low Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too low). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too low). See also: p2181 (Load monitoring response) Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load.
PAGE 754
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169). Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load. A07927 DC braking active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The motor is braked with DC current. DC braking is active. 1) A message with response DCBRK is active.
PAGE 755
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07968 Drive: Lq-Ld measurement incorrect Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the Lq-Ld measurement. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low. 12: Stage 1: The maximum current was exceeded. 15: Second harmonic too low. 16: Drive converter too small for the measuring technique. 17: Abort due to pulse inhibit.
PAGE 756
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 14: Increase the value for p0329. For fault value = 15: Increase the value for p0325. Motor not sufficiently anisotropic, change the technique (p1980 = 1 or 10). For fault value = 16: Change the technique (p1980). For fault value = 17: Repeat technique. For fault value = 18: Increase the value for p0329. Saturation not sufficient, change the technique (p1980 = 10).
PAGE 757
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07983 Drive: Rotating measurement saturation characteristic Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred while determining the saturation characteristic. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition. 2: The rotor flux did not reach a steady-state condition. 3: The adaptation circuit did not reach a steady-state condition. 4: The adaptation circuit was not enabled.
PAGE 758
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: For fault value = 1: - check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910). - if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %). Re fault value = 2, 5: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or adapt the minimum limit (p1080).
PAGE 759
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07988 Drive: Rotating measurement, no configuration selected Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When configuring the rotating measurement (p1959), no function was selected. Remedy: Select at least one function for automatic optimization of the speed controller (p1959).
PAGE 760
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm automatically disappears after the motor data identification routine has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 = 0. A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "vector control" mode has been selected and a motor data identification has still not been performed.
PAGE 761
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Re alarm value = 502: Check the enable of F-DI (p9501.30). A08526 (F) PROFINET: No cyclic connection Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: There is no connection to a PROFINET controller. Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the controller with cyclic operation. Check the parameters "Name of Station" and "IP of Station" (r61000, r61001).
PAGE 762
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. Acknowledge the fault and continue operation. F08702 (A) CAN: RPDO Timeout Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The monitoring time of the CANopen RPDO telegram has expired because the bus connection was either interrupted or the CANopen Master was switched-off. Remedy: - check the bus cable - check the master. - If required, increase the monitoring time (p8699).
PAGE 763
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Only sub-index 0 of the specified objects can be mapped. Note: As long as A08755 is present, the COB-ID cannot be set to valid. A08756 CAN: Number of mapped bytes exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The number of bytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data. A max. of 8 bytes is permissible. Remedy: Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type.
PAGE 764
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: The alarm automatically disappears when the energy-saving mode is exited. Note: After receiving the PROFIenergy command "End_Pause" via PROFINET, the energy-saving mode is exited. F13009 Licensing OA application not licensed Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At least one OA application which is under license does not have a license. Note: Refer to r4955 and p4955 for information about the installed OA applications.
PAGE 765
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms xxxx = 2: The files are not consistent with one another. xxxx = 3: The project files, which were loaded into the file system via load (download from the memory card), are inconsistent. Note: KHP: Know-How Protection Remedy: - Replace the project on the memory card or replace project files for download from the memory card. - Restore the factory setting and download again.
PAGE 766
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - check and correct the phase assignment at the power unit. - check the line supply phases. See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage), p1240 (Vdc controller configuration (vector control)) F30003 Power unit: DC link voltage undervoltage Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an undervoltage condition in the DC link. - line supply failure - line supply voltage below the permissible value. - line phase interrupted.
PAGE 767
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - the fuse of a phase of a main circuit has ruptured. - A motor phase has failed. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the main circuit fuses. - Check whether a single-phase load is distorting the line voltages. - check the motor feeder cables.
PAGE 768
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30016 (N) Power unit: Load supply switched out Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The DC link voltage is too low. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.1 V]. Remedy: Under certain circumstances, the AC line supply is not switched on.
PAGE 769
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Bit 3: Light transmitter enable defective Bit 4: U_ce group fault signal interrupted See also: r0949 (Fault value) Remedy: - check the fiber-optic cable and if required, replace. - check the power supply of the IGBT gating module (24 V). - check the power cable connections. - select the defective semiconductor and replace.
PAGE 770
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = power unit state 0: Fault status (wait for OFF and fault acknowledgement). 1: Restart inhibit (wait for OFF). 2: Overvoltage condition detected -> change into the fault state. 3: Undervoltage condition detected -> change into the fault state. 4: Wait for bridging contactor to open -> change into the fault state. 5: Wait for bridging contactor to open -> change into restart inhibit. 6: Commissioning.
PAGE 771
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase U Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - motor load too high - power unit defective.
PAGE 772
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30034 Power unit: Internal overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached. If the temperature inside the unit continues to increase, fault F30036 may be triggered. - ambient temperature might be too high. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the ambient temperature.
PAGE 773
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30042 Power unit: Fan has reached the maximum operating hours Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The maximum operating time of at least one fan will soon be reached, or has already been exceeded. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: heat sink fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours. Bit 1: heat sink fan has exceeded the maximum operating time. Bit 8: internal device fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours.
PAGE 774
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30057 Power unit: Line asymmetry Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Frequencies have been detected on the DC link voltage that would suggest line asymmetry or failure of a line phase. It is also possible that a motor phase has failed. Fault F30011 is output if the alarm is present and at the latest after 5 minutes. The precise duration depends on the power unit type and the particular frequencies.
PAGE 775
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30080 Power unit: Current increasing too quickly Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low. - U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit. - power cables are not correctly connected.
PAGE 776
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30502 Power unit: DC link overvoltage Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The power unit has detected overvoltage in the DC link on a pulse inhibit. - device connection voltage too high. - line reactor incorrectly dimensioned. Alarm value (r0949, interpret decimal): DC link voltage [1 bit = 100 mV]. See also: r0070 (Actual DC link voltage) Remedy: - check the device supply voltage (p0210). - check the dimensioning of the line reactor.
PAGE 777
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 1000: - check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems). - PROFIsafe: Remove contact problems/faults at the PROFIBUS master/PROFINET controller. Re fault value = 1001, 1002: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). Re fault value = 2000, 2001, 2003: - check the tolerance time F-DI changeover and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850). - check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems). - check the causes of the STO selection in r9772.
PAGE 778
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30650 SI P2: Acceptance test required Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 requires an acceptance test. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 130: Safety parameters for processor 2 not available. Note: This fault value is always output when Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time.
PAGE 779
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30656 SI P2: Parameter processor 2 parameter error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When accessing the Safety Integrated parameters for the processor 2 in the non-volatile memory, an error has occurred. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 129: Safety parameters for processor 2 corrupted. 131: Internal software error on processor 1.
PAGE 780
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30665 SI P2: System is defective Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A system defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual one. The system might have been rebooted (reset). Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 200000 hex, 400000 hex: - Fault in the actual booting/operation. Additional values: - defect before the last time that the system booted. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
PAGE 781
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Correct the parameter value. Note: For different values in the two monitoring channels, start the copy function for SI parameters on the drive (p9700 = 57 hex). F30682 SI Motion P2: Monitoring function not supported Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The monitoring function enabled in p9301, p9501, p9601 or p9801 is not supported in this firmware version. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response.
PAGE 782
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Parameter number of the safety parameter which has changed, necessitating a POWER ON. Remedy: - execute the function "Copy RAM to ROM". - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). C30700 SI Motion P2: STOP A initiated Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive is stopped via a STOP A (pulses are suppressed via the safety shutdown path of processor 1).
PAGE 783
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Note: F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) SI: Safety Integrated See also: p9348 (SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance (processor 2)), p9381 (SI Motion brake ramp reference value (processor 2)), p9382 (SI Motion brake ramp delay time (processor 2)), p9383 (SI Motion brake ramp monitoring time (processor 2)), p9548 (SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance (pr
PAGE 784
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms C30714 SI Motion P2: Safely-Limited Speed exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive had moved faster than that specified by the velocity limit value (p9331). The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response (p9363). Message value (r2124, interpret decimal): 100: SLS1 exceeded. 200: SLS2 exceeded. 300: SLS3 exceeded. 400: SLS4 exceeded. Remedy: - check the traversing/motion program in the control.
PAGE 785
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms td = possible actual discrepancy time (in ms) that can occur with a switching operation. This must correspond to at least 1 SI monitoring cycle (see p9500). tp = period for a switching operation in ms. When debounce p10017 is active, the discrepancy time is directly specified by the debounce time. If the period of a cyclic switching pulse corresponds to twice the debounce time, then the following formulas should be checked.
PAGE 786
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30805 Power unit: EPROM checksum error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Internal parameter data is corrupted. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 01: EEPROM access error. 02: Too many blocks in the EEPROM. Remedy: Replace the module.
PAGE 787
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30903 Power unit: I2C bus error occurred Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Communications error with an EEPROM or A/D converter. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 80000000 hex: - internal software error. 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex: - module fault. Remedy: Re fault value = 80000000 hex: - upgrade firmware to later version. Re fault value = 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex: - replace the module.
PAGE 788
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F31160 (N, A) Encoder 1: Analog sensor channel A failed Reaction: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRK, NONE) Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT Cause: The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the permissible limits. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Input voltage outside detectable measuring range. 2: Input voltage outside the measuring range set in (p4673). 3: The absolute value of the input voltage has exceeded the range limit (p4676).
PAGE 789
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Re alarm value = 1: - check the output voltage of the analog sensor. Re alarm value = 2: - check the voltage setting for each encoder period (p4673). Re alarm value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). A31461 (N) Encoder 1: Analog sensor channel B failed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the permissible limits.
PAGE 790
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 1005: The type of measuring unit (incremental) is not supported by the EnDat 2.2 converter. 1006: The maximum duration (31.25 µs) of the EnDat transfer was exceeded. 2001: The set combination of current controller cycle, DP cycle and Safety cycle is not supported by the EnDat 2.2 converter.
PAGE 791
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - Check the clamped tool. - Check the tolerance and if required, adapt (p5040). - Check the thresholds and if required, adapt (p5041). - Check analog sensor S1 and connections. F32152 (N, A) Encoder 2: Maximum input frequency exceeded Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2) Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT Cause: The maximum input frequency of the encoder evaluation has been exceeded.
PAGE 792
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A32442 (F, N) Encoder 2: Battery voltage pre-alarm Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: When switched-off, the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information. The battery voltage is no longer sufficient to check the multiturn information. Remedy: Replace battery. A32460 (N) Encoder 2: Analog sensor channel A failed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the permissible limits.
PAGE 793
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A32470 (F, N) Encoder 2: Soiling detected Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: In the case of the alternative encoder system interface on the Sensor Module Cabinet 30 (SMC30), encoder soiling is signaled via a 0 signal at terminal X521.7.
PAGE 794
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically. The data logger is ready to record the next fault case.
PAGE 795
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). F33163 (N, A) Encoder 3: Analog sensor position value exceeds limit value Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE) Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT Cause: The position value has exceeded the permissible range of -0.5 ... +0.5. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Position value from the LVDT sensor. 2: Position value from the encoder characteristic.
PAGE 796
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A33463 (N) Encoder 3: Analog sensor position value exceeds limit value Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The position value has exceeded the permissible range of -0.5 ... +0.5. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: Position value from the LVDT sensor. 2: Position value from the encoder characteristic. Remedy: Re alarm value = 1: - Check the LVDT ratio (p4678). - check the reference signal connection at track B.
PAGE 797
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Re alarm value = 1: No re-parameterization between fault/alarm. Re alarm value = 419: Reduce the fine resolution (p0419) or deactivate the monitoring (p0437.25), if the complete multiturn range is not required. A33930 (N) Encoder 3: Data logger has saved data Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For the activated function "Data logger" (p0437.0 = 1) a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module.
PAGE 798
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F36950 Hub: Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Information about the fault source. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - if required, upgrade the firmware in the DRIVE-CLiQ hub module to a more recent version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 799
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A50513 (F) FBLOCKS: Run sequence value already assigned Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An attempt was made to assign a run sequence value already assigned to a function block on this drive object to another additional function block on the same drive object. A run sequence value can only be precisely assigned to one function block on one drive object. Remedy: Set another value that is still available on this drive object for the run sequence.
PAGE 801
A Appendix Contents A.1 ASCII table (excerpt) A-802 A.
PAGE 802
Appendix ASCII table (excerpt) A.1 ASCII table (excerpt) The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of selected ASCII characters.
PAGE 803
List of abbreviations B Abbreviations used with the SINAMICS G120: Abbreviation Meaning A AC Alternating Current A/D Analog-Digital converter ADR Address AFM Additional Frequency Modulation AG Programmable controller AI Analog Input AK Request identifier AO Analog Output AOP Advanced Operator Panel ASIC Application-Specific Integrated Circuit ASP Analog Setpoint ASVM Asymmetric Space Vector Modulation B BCC Block Check Character BCD Binary-Coded Decimal BI Binector Input BI
PAGE 804
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning CU Control Unit CW Clockwise D D/A Digital-Analog converter DC Direct Current DDS Drive Data Set DI Digital Input DIP DIP switch DO Digital Output DP Distributed I/Os DS Drive State E EEC European Economic Community EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMF Electromagnetic Force ES Engineering System ECD Equivalent Circuit Diagram F FAQ Fr
PAGE 805
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning H HIW Main actual value HMI Human Machine Interface HO High Overload (constant torque) HSW Main setpoint HTL High-Level Transistor Logic I IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit IBN Commissioning IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor I/O Input/Output IOP Intelligent Operator Panel J JOG Jogging K KDV Data cross-check KIB Kinetic buffering L LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LGE Length LO Light Overload (variable
PAGE 806
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning PID Proportional Integral Differential PKE Parameter identifier PIV Parameter Identifier Value PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Power Module PM-IF Power Module Interface PPO Parameter Process Data Object PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PWE Parameter value PWM Pulse-Width Modulation pxxxx Writable parameters PZD Process data Q QC Quick Commissioning R RAM Random Access Memory RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker RCD Residu
PAGE 807
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning V VC Vector Control VT Variable Torque W AR Automatic Restart Z ZSW Status word ZUSW Additional setpoint © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU240B/E-2 Control Units List Manual (LH11), 01/2013 B-807
PAGE 809
C Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 2-526 1021 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 2-527 1022 Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 2-528 1030 Handling BICO technology, 2-529 1680 Vector control, V/f control, 2-531 1700 Vector control, speed control and generation of the torque limits, 2-532 1710 Vector control, current control, 2-533 2220 CU240B-2 digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3), 2-535 2221 CU240E-2 digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ...
PAGE 810
Index 2501 Control word, sequence control, 2-572 2503 Status word, sequence control, 2-573 2505 Control word, setpoint channel, 2-574 2510 Status word 1 (r0052), 2-575 2511 Status word 2 (r0053), 2-576 2512 Control word 1 (r0054), 2-577 2513 Control word 2 (r0055), 2-578 2520 Control word, speed controller, 2-579 2522 Status word, speed controller, 2-580 2526 Status word, closed-loop control, 2-581 2530 Status word, current control, 2-582 2534 Status word, monitoring functions 1, 2-583 2536 Status word, mo
PAGE 811
Index 6031 Pre-control balancing, acceleration model, 2-622 6040 Speed controller, 2-623 6050 Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation, 2-624 6060 Torque setpoint, 2-625 6220 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (vector control, PM230/PM240), 2-626 6300 V/f characteristic and voltage boost, 2-627 6310 Resonance damping and slip compensation, 2-628 6320 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230/PM240), (V/f), 2-629 6490 Speed control configuration, 2-630 6491 Flux controller configuration, 2-631 6630 Upper/lower to
PAGE 812
Index 7270 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis), 2-663 7950 Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2), 2-667 7951 Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1), 2-668 7954 Motorized potentiometer, 2-669 7958 Closed-loop control, 2-670 8005 Overview, signals and monitoring functions, 2-672 8010 Speed messages 1, 2-673 8011 Speed messages 2, 2-674 8012 Torque signals, motor locked/stalled, 2-675 8013 Load monitoring, 2-676 8014 Thermal monitoring, power unit, 2-677 8016 Thermal monitoring, motor, 2-678
PAGE 813
Index C Calculated, 1-12 Can be changed (parameters), 1-14 CDS (Command Data Set), 1-15, 2-688, 2-690 CI, Connector Input, 1-10 Closed-loop control Technology controller, 2-670 Vector, 2-620 CO, Connector Output, 1-10 CO/BO, Connector/Binector Output, 1-10 Command data sets, 2-688 Configuring messages, 2-682 Connector Input (CI), 1-10 Output (CO), 1-10 Control words, 2-545, 2-548 Converter Binector-connector, 2-562 Connector-binector, 2-560 Cxxxxx, 3-698 D Data set, 2-688 Command data set, 1-15 Command da
PAGE 814
Index Function diagrams, fieldbus interface Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 2-564 Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 2-567 Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 2-568 Status words, free interconnection, 2-569 STW1 control word interconnection, 2-565 ZSW1 status word interconnection, 2-566 Function diagrams, free function blocks ADD (adder), 2-649 AND, 2-645 AVA (absolute value generator), 2-651 BSW (binary change-over switch), 2-659 DFR (D flip-fl
PAGE 815
Index Function diagrams, PROFIdrive Overview, 2-549 PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN), addresses and diagnostics, 2-550 PZD receive signals interconnection, 2-552 PZD send signals interconnection, 2-556 Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 2-560 Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 2-561 Status words, free interconnection, 2-562 STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0), 2-554 STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2), 2-553 STW3 control word interconnec
PAGE 816
Index Function diagrams, vector control Current setpoint filter, 2-634 Current/power/torque limits , 2-633 Display signals, 2-642 Field weakening characteristic, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1), 2-637 Field weakening controller (PEM, p0300 = 2), 2-639 Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1), 2-638 Flux controller configuration, 2-631 Id setpoint (PEM, p0300 = 2), 2-636 Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1), 2-640 Interface to the Power Module (PEM, p0300 = 2xx), 2-641 Iq and Id c
PAGE 817
Index OFF2, 3-695 OFF3, 3-696 P Parameter Access level, 1-11 Bit array, 1-18 Calculated, 1-12 Changeable, 1-14 Command data sets, 1-492 Data type, 1-12 Dependency, 1-18 Description, 1-17 Drive data sets, 1-495 Dynamic index, 1-15 Encoder data sets, 1-502 Function diagram, 1-16 Index, 1-9, 1-17 Linked parameter, 1-9 List for quick commissioning, 1-517 List of all parameters, 1-22 List of the binector inputs, 1-503 List of the binector outputs, 1-508 List of the connector inputs, 1-506 List of the connector
PAGE 819
PAGE 820
Siemens AG Industry Sector Drive Technologies Motion Control Systems Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Subject to change without prior notice © Siemens AG 2009 - 2013 www.siemens.